Print

Author Topic: The Mushroom Kingdom (Phase 58)  (Read 40567 times)

« on: February 13, 2009, 09:27:52 PM »
  The Mushroom Kingdom is the story of what happens when the hero of the Mushroom Kingdom-Mario-is killed in a bizzare incident...by a strange weapon. What will happen to the Mushroom Kingdom without Mario? What is the true cause of the terrible evil behind the cheery picture of the Kingdom? This is The Mushroom Kingdom.

March 18th, 2011: I suck at schedules, and I'm sorry if you hate me. Hello again.

June 21st 2010: WORLD MAP: http://magikoopa189.deviantart.com/art/THE-MUSHROOM-KINGDOM-World-Map-168475987
If you have any questions about the map, feel free to ask! (Ocean in upper right is Alpha Ocean)

June 17th 2010: After a long break, the story returns!                                 

                                                       THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM
                                                       THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM
                                                        THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM
                                                       THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM

                                                                            The Mushroom Kingdom
                                                                                 By Magikoopa189



                                                                                       PHASE 1
                                                                                      Blood Party


                                                               (It is a sunny day. There appears to be a large party currently taking place, in a large field. A nearby sign states “Staph Fields”. An overhead sign reads: “Mario Party 13 Opening”. Nearby is a group of tents selling various products, mostly foods. In the center of a stage, Mario stands, waving for the crowd (Mario looks a little aged), with a Toad at his side. For two seconds, a target like at the front of a gun is shown over Mario. The scene quickly switches to a 16 year old girl, buying a mushroom. The vendor starts snickering)

Vendor: Heh heh. Like mushrooms just like yer pop, huh?

Girl: Shut up.

(Girl starts to recede back into crowd)

Vendor: Ehh, where’d you learn language like that, young lady?

Girl: Get lost.

(Girl quickly disappears into crowd. She is shown pushing through people, various Toads, Piantas, Koopas, and other species. The scene switches back to Mario)

Mario: Welcome, Ladies and Gentlemen of all kinds. Today, we celebrate-

(Mario quickly wipes brow with handkerchief. A quick shot reveals he is glancing at a group of Koopas, who don’t seem to notice that he is staring at them. Another three seconds shows the gun target moving over to Mario, slowly positioning itself.)

Mario: Yes, um, today, we celebrate the 13th Mario Party. At exactly 6:00 the next day, we will hold the party, but today, I shall announce the players who get to attend, the greatest Mario Party in history-

(Shot is completely positioned over Mario. The girl is shown again, contemplating a memory, of three years ago, right before Mario Party 10. Edges are blurry, signifying a memory sequence)

Mario: I’m afraid you’re still not old enough, Celistar.

Celistar: What?! But…but…but this is the 10th Mario Party! The…greatest of them all...Mario Party 10…

Mario: It’s simply against the rul-

Celistar: But it’s YOUR game…you…you can bend the rules!

Mario: I’m very sorry, but…

Celistar: Why do you do this? You’re Mario…you’re a Super Star! A…And you’re the King! Why…?

Mario: No.

Celistar: But…

Mario: NO!

(Celistars voice sets in as Celistar is shown running up castle stairs. It is then apparent they were in a castle)

Celistar: I ran up to my room, and I cried. I pouted for hours, and stayed in my room until the next morning. My father and I eventually talked again, and things felt normal, but I knew…I knew…there was still a chasm over our relationship…and I also knew…that there was something important about Mario Party 10…it was something my father talked about for months afterward, as he was contemplating Mario Party 13…the next “Important” Mario Party…what did it mean…? What…

(Suddenly a gunshot goes off. The scene switches to Mario laying on the stage, the Toad right next to him screaming. People in the crowd are screaming too. Celistar is in a daze, and hasn’t seen anything, but fears the worst. She steps up the platform, passing people in the crowd. Doctor Toads hurry to and fro, desperately looking for something. Celistar stares, and faints, falling off the stage, right onto the ground, people are torn between staring at Mario or his daughter, and the chaos only builds. The scene darkens…)

(The light slowly returns. Celistar is lying on a bed in the Castle. Toads scurry around. Queen Peach enters the room, and sees that Celistar is awake.)

Peach: Celistar! My beautiful girl… (She starts to cry as she hugs Celistar)

Celistar: Mom…what’s…?

(A short memory scene shows Mario being shot. Instantly, Celistar remembers everything.)

Celistar: Oh…oh god…

Peach: It’s okay…It’s…

Celistar: Is…Dad…alive?

Peach: You saw him shot. You saw him fall to the ground…didn’t you?

Celistar: But…I thought…maybe…

Peach: I’m sorry…no…his funeral was an hour ago.

Celistar: I-WHAT?

Peach: We held a big funeral for your father. It was almost like a twisted Party.

Celistar: You…You buried him…without me?

Peach: You’ve been asleep for two days-

Celistar: You…you could’ve waited. But…you…didn’t…

Peach: I’m so sor-

Celistar: You can’t say anything! You had no excuse to bury him without me!

Peach: We didn’t know how long you’d be asleep…

Celistar: Argh! [darn]…[darn] you!

Peach: Please dear, don’t-

(Celistar runs from the room, up stairs, and into her room. Various objects are littered around the room, including some “Video Game Historical Accounts” of various Mario incidents.)

(Celistars voice sets in)

Celistar: I would often have bits and moments of anger. I’d run somewhere and just sit and think for hours. My earliest memory was an anger run. Slamming a door…running into something dark. I’d often have nightmares of that moment. Of running…straight into the thing. The Dark Thing of my nightmares. Is it a symbol? Is it a truth? Is it really a memory? I…

(Rapid knocks on the door)

Peach: Honey dear? Please open…Inspector Kooper is here…

Celistar: Get lost. Now.

Peach: Dear, you can’t stay mad all day…

Celistar: Yes, I can. (Hesitates) What does the Inspector want?

Peach: He want’s to ask you about the murder, of course.

Celistar: (Hesitates) Okay. But just him.

(An audible sigh is heard. Then Inspector Kooper enters)

Inspector Kooper: Hello Celistar. I’ve heard you’ve had quite the-

Celistar: Make it quick. I’m in a bad mood.

Inspector Kooper: Yes, well, I need to ask you a few questions about the-ahem-murder.

Celistar: Yes? (Gritting teeth)

Inspector Kooper: First, what time would you say it was when Mario was-ahem-shot?

Celistar: About…3:30. Maybe 3:31.

Inspector Kooper: Erm, yes, yes, good. (Starts writing on notepad)

Celistar: Isn’t there someone else you can bother about this?

Inspector Kooper: Er, yes, we already asked about 10 witnesses. But we need all the evidence we can get.

Celistar: Fine, but as I said, I can’t sit and answer your questions all day.

Inspector Kooper: Erm yes yes, second, what was the-ahem-last word you heard your father say?

Celistar: (Closes eyes for a few seconds) …Er, I think…”No”? I…or was it history? No…history…? I…

Inspector Kooper: Erm, yes yes, that’s very good. And all…yes. One last-ahem-question.

(Celistar is visibly annoyed at the ahems)

Inspector Kooper: Erm, yes, the final question… (Pauses)…Did…did you see where the shot came from? It seems to have come from a new weapon. A mini Bullet Bill cannon. Perhaps…held in the hand, yes…

(Celistar stands, eyes closed, thinking, a scene is shown. On the hill, a Toad…is running down the hill. Nobody else notices. Celistar just barely notices him, but the memory comes back almost violently now. Celistar opens her eyes)

Celistar: (Whispering) What…?



TO BE CONTINUED…?
« Last Edit: October 21, 2011, 02:53:25 PM by Nintendoobsessed »

Turtlekid1

  • Tortuga
« Reply #1 on: February 14, 2009, 08:43:50 AM »
Whoa.  A little bit... fanfictiony for my taste, but well written nonetheless.  I may just be back for more.
"It'll say life is sacred and so is death
but death is life and so we move on"

« Reply #2 on: February 14, 2009, 04:16:29 PM »
This chapter is a little short, however, I promise the next one will be bigger then the first two!


                                                                                       PHASE 2
                                                                              Apprentice of Darkness
                                     

                                               (The Scene opens on Bowser’s Castle. Koopatrols are lined up against the wall, side by side. At the end, Bowser sits on a throne. A young Magikoopa is walking up the carpet, towards Bowser)

Bowser: Ah, I see you have returned, apprentice. Have you news of the Mushroom Kingdom?

Apprentice: Yes, sir, yes. (Gulps) I have learned, sir, that Mario is dead. 

Bowser: Did…did I just hear…those words…?

Apprentice: Yes, sir. A funeral was held about 10 Hours ago. Strangely, his daughter did not attend.

Bowser: Bah! I don’t care if she was there or not, but…who killed him? Did one of those worthless squadrons finally…?

Apprentice: No sir. He…was assassinated under unknown circumstances…

Bowser: Wha...?

Apprentice: He was shot with a…”Gun”. It fires mini bullet bills that pierce flesh and bone…it’s amazing. The design was dropped off by an unknown-

Bowser: How? Who came here?

Apprentice: We found an envelop outside. We tested it for Bob-ombs, but it seemed safe…and it was. Inside, we found designs…brilliant, ama-

Bowser: Are they fast?

Apprentice: What?

Bowser: Are they fast boy? Are these “Guns” fast?

Apprentice: Yes sir. (Beaming) And they pierce flesh and-

Bowser: Yes, yes. Wonderful. Go to the Engineers, and demand they start making these…”Guns” immediately.

Apprentice: Yes, yes sir. Ten are already being made!

Bowser: Yes, yes. Make more…more! More and more!

Apprentice: Yes, yes sir! (Apprentice turns and leaves)

Bowser: (Talking to himself, quietly) Yes…Even without these “Guns” the time to take control of the Mushroom Kingdom is finally here. Mario was the ONLY thing keeping me from ruling. Yes…everything…everything is going…the way it should have…years ago…

(Bowser ponders quietly. The scene changes to the Apprentice, running past engineers, shouting out orders quickly. A short scene shows engineers pondering over the instructions. Eventually, the Apprentice arrives on a Castle Balcony, looking out over a dreary landscape.)

Apprentice: (Speaking to himself) I wonder…wonder wonder wonder…where would I be now…if my I hadn’t become an orphan?

(A scene shows a younger apprentice, but looking like a normal Koopa, with two older Koopas. Suddenly, a strange beast leaps out from over a ledge, and crashes down on one Koopa. Its head is smashed in, and the body falls to the ground. The young apprentice gasps, and starts to back away, the other Koopa protecting it. The beast also jumps on the Koopa, killing it. The beast jumps away, ignoring the younger Koopa. After a few moments, he starts to weep, his parents dead, and he alone in a wildeland. Suddenly, a hand reaches out to the young apprentice, and he takes it.)

Bowser: That beast…did it kill your parents?

(Koopa nods, tears still coming out)

Bowser: That beast just killed a good friend of mine…Kammy. I need a new friend. Will you be my friend?

(The scene jumps back to the regular Apprentice, laughing)

Apprentice: Ha ha ha…friend. He needed a new Magik, and I, I am the one destined to become the next Magik…ha ha…Mario…I loathed you and I hated you…and you crafted my destiny. So…I shall craft your daughter’s destiny. Ha ha ha…

(Apprentice looks out over the land, and then leaves back into the castle)

(Scene once again changes to a city. A sign reveals it is Mushroom City. Toads scurry everywhere. Dotted here and there are Koopas. The scene moves closer to one in particular, who is holding the end of a sword, with the point just barely sticking out of his cloak. The Koopa scurries towards Mushroom Castle, which is visible in the distance, in front of Toad Town)

(It is dark. A young girl is running through a dark hallway. It is Celistars nightmare. The little girl pushes through a door, right into a black, cloaky figure. The figure starts to turn, but the dream completely blacks out.)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #3 on: February 15, 2009, 11:34:39 AM »
                                                                            PHASE 3
                                                                       Darkness Beginning



                                                                (It is Peach’s Castle yet again. SLAM. Celistar is heading to breakfast. She pushes past various Toads’, who start to turn around, but think better of it. She sits down, half asleep, and still in a bad mood from yesterday.)

Random Toad 1: Good morning Princess Celistar. What would you like for breakfast today?

Celistar: Don’t…call…me princess. (Mumbling) I’ll get…cereal.

Random Toad 1: Er, but Princess-er, Celistar, I…we have stoves…

(Celistar ignores the Toad and starts to pour some cereal. The Toad looks down)

Random Toad 1: Well, er, if you need any help, I…well, I’ll be in the next room.

(Random Toad 1 leaves. Celistar pours milk)

Celistar: This…is going to be a bad day.

(Scene switches to later, sometime in the afternoon. Peach and various Toads are having a meeting. In the very back, almost unnoticeable, Celistar is staring ahead with a bored look in her eyes.)

Toad: And we STILL haven’t discussed Bowser!

Toad 1: Yes! We need a kingdom protector.

Peach: Yes, but who will step to the task…? Luigi…

(A short moment of discomfort occurs. It is apparent some kind of incident happened with Luigi. Celistar is looking with half interest)

Toad 2: Yes, well, we know what happened to Luigi…

Toads: Yes, yes.

Peach: Well, who could we employ?

Celistar: (Interested) Ahem…

Toad 1: Well, what about YOU Toad? Didn’t you protect the Mushroom Woods once from that awful scoundrel Wario…?

Toad: No. My days are over with fighting.

Celistar: Ahem.

Peach: Well…we COULD try DK…

Toad 2: That insane Ape? I never understood why Mario invited that thing to the parties…

Celistar: AHEM.

(Everyone stares at Celistar)

Peach: Yes, my little star?

Celistar: What if…I…?

Peach: Dear, you’re not fit for that kind of work.

Celistar: I-What?

Peach: Selly, you’re just a little girl. Those are big, bad scary turtles…

Celistar: First off, you sound ridiculous. Those turtles are not “Scary”. They kill off 20 Toads a year, and their insane leader captures you almost every year, and-

Peach: That’s beside the point. They’re just too strong for you dear. Maybe we could train you to fight some Goombas…

Toad 2: That might be too dangerous, my queen…

Celistar: Brown LUMPS? You think I can’t handle brown LUMPS? And you, mom-didn’t you fight Bowser himself on Vibe Island?

Peach: Oh honey. Mario taught me a few skills. But Mario isn’t here to teach you.

Celistar: I could learn! I-

Peach: You’re still tired. I think you should go to bed.

Celistar: But I-

Peach: Take a nap. You’ll feel better.

Celistar: …You make me sick.

(Leaves. But Celistar doesn’t go to room. She wanders outside the castle. It is a sunny day, just like in Phase 1.)

(Celistar’s Voice Moment)

Celistar: How could my mother-the queen-have no faith in me? I was the daughter of Mario. And the…once…most beautiful princess in the kingdom. If Mario was here…maybe…

(Memory, outside the castle. Mario and Celistar are by themselves. Celistar looks 8)

Celistar: Daddy…will you teach me to fight? I want to beat up those mean Koopas…

Mario: Maybe some day, when you’re older…the 13th Mario Party…

Celistar: Why? I wanna learn now. Why do we have to wait for some dumb party?

Mario: (Smiles) everything…will be perfect…

Celistar: But…

Mario: HELP!

Celistar: Da-daddy?

Mario: It’s an attack!

(Suddenly scene shifts, and Celistar is sitting on steps outside the castle. A Toad is running up the hill screaming. In the distance, behind him, a Koopa with a sword is leaping up the Hill)

Celistar: Wha…what?

Random Toad 2: It’s a Koopa! He’s here to kill us all!

Celistar: I…have to warn everybody…but…

(A scarred Toad suddenly jumps in, preparing to fight the Koopa, with a sword)

Wes: Run Cel! You can’t fight without a sword!

Celistar: But…

Wes: Just run and warn them!

(Celistar hesitates, and then runs into the castle, and into the meeting room)

Peach: Selly! What are you doing here? I thought I told you-

Celistar: There’s no time! There’s a Koopa here…and he has a sword.

Peach: That’s called a nightmare-

Celistar: MOM! What is wrong with you? Why do you always talk like I’m-Forget it…he’s…

(CRASH! In the background, the giant main door crashes open, with the Toad struggling with the Koopa. He is continually drawn back)

Penter: I…can’t…keep…him…out!

Peach: What is…?

(Penter suddenly switches course, so that his back is to the Grand Staircase, and that the Koopa’s back is to Celistar. Celistar spots a nearby chair, and with a quick (Enough) motion, smashes it down on the Koopa’s head. He falls to the ground, never even seeing his attacker. A few moments of shocked silence)

Celistar: That…was a little too easy.

Penter: He was strong, but stupid.

Peach: What…what was he doing here?

Penter: What do you think? He was here to kill the Royal Family.

Peach: Yes…Bowser is already plotting.

Penter: This is not one of Bowser’s. He does not have the Dark Mark. A symbol of Dark Land.

Celistar: Er…is he dead?

Penter: No. Although, you gave him quite a nasty bump. He’ll be asleep for at least a day.

Celistar: Oh…okay. (Looks nervous)

Peach: Well, that was a good effort, but you need to stay away from bad Koopas like these!

Celistar: But-

Penter: Your mother is right. You should go to your room.

Celistar: You can’t be serious! I-

Peach: No arguing! Arguing is an unprincessy thing.

Celistar: You made that word up!

Peach: That is beside the point. Good night.

(Celistar leaves. Penter quietly follows her. As she is about to leave the castle, ignoring her orders again, Penter stops her.)

Penter: Wait.

Celistar: I’m not going. What if I hadn’t been there, to see him coming? Those Toads would’ve just ran away, and you-

Penter: I know. That’s why I have a good feeling about you.

Celistar: Wait…what?

Penter: I can feel…a sort of disorder about you. It is the feeling of luck, radiating away from you. If trained, you could be the cause of many destinies.

Celistar: I…wait. You’re my father’s trainer aren’t you? The Toad with the scar?

Penter: (Chuckles) Yes. I taught your father many things. Although, he himself had the skill. He was also a master of destinies.

Celistar: What do you mean? Master of destinies?

Penter: In every lifetime, there are always 3 Masters of Destinies alive at the same time. They are souls that cause major events to happen. They are the deciders of the world’s ultimate destiny. Everyone has a destiny. But some people…have extra special destinies. You are one of those people, I believe. Now that your father is dead, you are the only Master I know of. Perhaps far, or near, there are 2 more. I believe it is my duty to train you…for you hold the world’s destiny.

Celistar: You…are nuts.

Penter: That’s what your father told me. (Chuckles) He decided the deaths and destinies of many.

Celistar: Well…if you will train me…

Penter: Even if I am wrong, you have a fighter’s spirit. You could be our protector. Those old Toad’s in there are foolish. They do not want their princess in danger. But I know…there is no one else…that can protect us. The rest will take too long to find.

Celistar: How will we…?

Penter: We will train in secret.

(Penter starts to leave)

Celistar: But when…?

Penter: As a Master of Destiny- You will have a talent for incredible luck. Our meeting will be the next time we find each other-just the right time. And you must always remember…There is luck to this, not just skill and power. You will see…you will see…

(Penter completely leaves)

Celistar: He’s completely batty. But…a chance to train. Fighting Koopas and the forces of evil just like my father…I can’t wait…

(Walks outside and looks at the sunset. After 3 seconds, the attacker Koopa is carried away, into a dungeon. And lastly, the scene switches once again. It is Celistar’s nightmare. She’s running again. This time, right before she runs into the room, she can hear a strange chanting…she runs in, bumps into the darkness…and all blacks out.)


TO BE CONTINUED…?


Whoa.  A little bit... fanfictiony for my taste, but well written nonetheless.  I may just be back for more.

It's Fan Fiction written like a script.
« Last Edit: February 15, 2009, 11:50:07 AM by Nintendoobsessed »

« Reply #4 on: February 16, 2009, 11:00:33 AM »
                                                                                 PHASE 4
                                                                       Training of the Destined


                                              (It is nighttime in Peach’s Castle. A figure in a cloak lurks ominously through the castle. The cloak is taken off. It is Celistar. She has wandered into the Great Library, and is opening a book. It is a World Atlas. The Map can’t be seen, although Celistar’s face is shown, looking closely at the map.)

Celistar: The distant northeast…the Alpha Ocean. The southwest…the Omega Ocean. The Northwest…the Lava Field. And the Southeast…the-

Penter: Ah. I see you are reciting the Impasses.

Celistar: Wah!

(Celistar quickly turns around, to find Penter smiling at her.)

Celistar: Er, yes. It’s always been a favorite of mine…

Penter: It is the same with me. I have always been looking for history and updates of the Impasses.

Celistar: So…so I have I.

Penter: Did you know…that there are old legends that we sailed from the Alpha Ocean?

Celistar: I…no.

Penter: It is all a giant mystery. Piece by piece.

Celistar: Yes…

Penter: You are anxious. Do you want to train?

Celistar: Yes…yes I do. Very…much.

Penter: (Smiles) I thought so. There is much for you to learn.

(They start to walk from the room and the scene changes, to deep in Bowser’s Castle. It is completely dark, but a wheezing voice is heard)

???: Heh eheh heh. Mario is dead. MARIO IS DEAD! Nyeh heh heh! It’s so funny. I hope he died painfully. Heh hehz hehz hehz COUGH HACK HOFF. And now, my father, my dear dear father…he’s going to take over the Mushroom Kingdom…with his dear, pretty Apprentice. Heh hehz hehz hehz COUGH HACK HOFF. Oh, my poor 6 brothers…they won’t earn anything for their services, because I will be the one to kill my father. Heh hehz hehz hehz COUGH HACK HOFF. And…the kingdom will be mine. My poor brothers…and sister. I will have to with them off. Heh hehz hehz hehz COUGH HACK HOFF.

(Back to Celistar and Penter, who are now in the Castle Garden.)

Penter: Becoming like your father will be the hardest task you will ever take on. Your father was an amazing man. He was inspiring and powerful. But you, just like your father, are a Master of Destiny. You must sharpen your luck and your power. That is when you will be successful.

Celistar: Sharpen my LUCK?

Penter: Yes. You will have to meditate.

Celistar: But I-

Penter: You WILL fight. We will start this training, by fighting, so that you can get the warm part of our training first.

Celistar: Okay with me.

Penter: Come at me, and try to punch me.

Celistar: What if-

Penter: Don’t worry. I have been in many fights. Now come at me.

(Celistar hesitates)

Celistar: Well…okay.

(Celistar leaps at him, slamming at him with her fist. Penter ducks down, dodging, grabs her legs, and slams her down.)

Penter: Ho ho ho. You can jump quite fast, and high. Perhaps not fast enough though.

Celistar: (Still lying on the ground) Ughhhhh…

Penter: It appears we will need to build your strength first. Now get up.

Celistar: (Struggles to get up, but then stands, a little shaken)

Penter: Here, take this. (Hands Celistar empty Flower pot)

Celistar: What am I going to do with this?

Penter: Your next task is to run around the castle, following the Garden Path.

Celistar: What?

Penter: You need to build your leg strength, and you need to be faster. Now run!

(Celistar hesitates, and then runs. She disappears down the path.)

Penter: (To Himself) She is much more talented then Mario. If she learns correctly, she could truly be the next protector of our Kingdom. (Looks at Castle) If only Peach would lose her strange foolishness…

(The “Camera” moves up to the night sky. It comes back down again, now on Yoshi’s Island. Moving to the inside of a hut, the large, old Yoshi Chief is sleeping. A shadow creeps out of the darkness, and pulls out a knife, and kills the chief. The shadow quickly scurries back. Morning comes, and Yoshi’s find him, panicking. The “Camera” moves into a Black Yoshi’s skin, and Celistar’s nightmare takes place again. Celistar is running. This time, she trips halfway through her journey. Everything is the same. Blackness)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #5 on: February 17, 2009, 03:48:11 PM »
Update: Over 100 Views!

                                                                         PHASE 5
                                                                    The Plane Attack

                                       
                                                         (Darkness. A phone rings. A light is turned on, revealing Peach, looking tired, lying in bed. She grabs the bedside phone, and presses a button)

Peach: Yes?

(A few moments)

Peach: Oh my goodness! We’ll be there right away!

(Click)

(Now it is morning. Celistar, Peach, and a group of Toads including Toadsworth are standing outside the castle. The Royal Plane is running. Toad’s are ushering the group inside the plane)

Peach: Now now, Selly. Please stop complaining. The Yoshi Chief died yesterday, and we MUST attend his funeral!

Celistar: Don’t call me Selly. I told you, call me Cel.

Peach: Oh Selly!

Toadsworth: Now now! Don’t argue with your mother!

Celistar: Well anyway, who’s going to rule the Kingdom while we’re gone?

(Penter appears)

Penter: I can protect the Castle. You enjoy your flight.

(Group finishes bordering the plane, and soon, it takes off. Celistar is sitting next to her obsessive mother, while Toadsworth sits across from them, near a window. A Toad sits next to him.)

Intercom: In 10 minutes, we will be landing on Yoshi’s Island. Enjoy your stay.

Celistar: Enjoy your stay at the funeral. (Snorts)

Peach: A princess does not scoff or snort.

Celistar: (Sighs)

Toadsworth: My my! What a beautiful view! Hmmm…Eh wot? Do any of you hear those popping noises? And what is that thing?

Toad 1: What is it Toadsworth?

Toadsworth: Why! It looks like-

(BOOM CRASH. Something blows the window open, sending shards of glass flying and with Toadsworth falling out the window. The Toad next to him tries to get away, but the wind force sucks him out. Celistar hangs onto her chair and Peach grabs onto her. Various Toads are hanging into their chairs as well)

Celistar: Mom…what…are you…doing?!?

Peach: Save meeeee!

(The Plane lands with a CRASH and a further shattering of glass. Peach is ripped out of Celistar’s grip and flies into an upper chair. A disturbing cracking sound occurs, and the entire event ends.)

Celistar: M-m-Mom?

(Silence, and then a Toad in the back groans)

Celistar: Mom…Mom!

(With surprising ignorance to the pain, Celistar leaps out of her chair, and runs to Peach. Her Head is down, and her face is not seen)

Celistar: Oh no! Oh no! No…not my mom too…

(Peach’s Head moves up)

Peach: What…dear…?

Celistar: Mom! You’re…you’re okay!

Peach: Of…course…I…am. Yesss.

(Peach, Celistar, and 4 Toads are walking away from the plane.)

Toad 1: I am pretty sure we have…er…landed on Yoshi’s Island. The foliage here is very thick…it’s what saved us, too.

Celistar: Looks like it. I think I spotted a Spear Guy earlier.

Toad 3: Oh no! Spear Guys? Aren’t they dangerous?

Toadbert: No. They only hate the Yoshi’s. I’m sure we’re safe from them.

(They continue walking on through various forests. They finally arrive at Yoshi’s Village)

Toadbert: How lucky! The forest we landed in is famous for its size. We could have easily gotten lost in the forest. What luck!

(Celistar blinks for a second)

Toad 2: Amazing. We could have died in there.

Peach: Now…now. Let’s…hurry…on.

Celistar: Why…are you pausing?

Peach: I wouldn’t know…

(Suddenly, 2 Yoshi’s come from the village. They start to panic, but quickly recognize the visitors)

Yoshi 1: Wa-washi!

Toad 3: Are they going to hurt us?

Peach: Who…is…our…group…Trans…lator?

Toadbert: Me. He said that they were worried, when they heard the crash. They were about to send a Search Party.

Peach: Okay…tell…him…to…send…us…to…the…Death…Hut.

Toadbert: Yashi-washi!

Yoshi 1: Yosh-wishi!

Toadbert: This way!

(They follow the path, while Celistar looks curiously around the village, and Toad 3 looks fearfully. They end up in a hut. There is an altar, where the Chief’s Body is lying, with flowers completely covering the body. Celistar looks on with no emotion.)

(The rest of the scene is various Yoshi noises. If I was to list them all, you would surely stop reading. To make a list of gibberish short, the scene ended with the Yoshi’s singing in a strange fashion, and Celistar looking like she was going to fall over with boredom. Peach is thinking about Toadsworth, and the various Toads’ are standing respectively. The scene ends)

(Bowser’s Castle. Through the windows, it is evening. Inside, it is perpetually night. Bowser is sitting on his throne, when the Apprentice comes to him.)

Apprentice: King Bowser, great one! The plot worked. Although our “Guns” continually hit the side of the plane, we fired a single Bullet Bill, and the window was blown open. I think we have killed at least one Toad. No…the plane crashed on Yoshi’s Island. Someone else must have died. Also, I recommend we practice a bit more with aiming-

Bowser: The plane crashed? Are they not all dead?

Apprentice: I do not-

Hamro: Lord Bowser, powerful one!

Bowser: Hrm?

(The Commander Hammer Bro, Hamro, runs into the room.)

Hamro: My favorite spy, a Spear Guy, has discovered that the Royal Family and a group of Toad’s have survived!

Bowser: WHAT?

Apprentice: Er, I-

Bowser: Apprentice…if you value your life, you will find the group, and you will eliminate them.

Apprentice: But, sir, haven’t I-

Bowser: You will track them down. You will kill them all. Even the Toad’s. Now go. You must do this by yourself, as to prove you are still worth something. And…make it a game. Make it…INTRESTING.

(Silence)

Apprentice: …Yes King Bowser, Emperor of Skill.

(As the Apprentice is leaving, he turns around and glares at Hamro, who smiles back, and disappears)

Hamro: King Bowser Sir, if I were you, I would get rid of your Apprentice. He is not-

Bowser: We will see how he does. And we will determine his worth.

Hamro: …Yes sir.

Bowser: Get out of my sight.

Hamro: …Yes. Goodbye, Lord Bowser.

(Hamro leaves. Bowser gets up, and looks out a window, looking over Darkland.)

Bowser: Someday, the Mushroom Kingdom will be mine. Bwa ha ha ha!

(A short scene with the ceremony for the Yoshi Chief ending, and with everyone getting their own hut to sleep in. Celistar immediately falls asleep, and falls into her dream. Everything is the same, with Celistar running into the darkness, the chanting, the tripping…never ending darkness, all around.)

TO BE CONTINUED...?

« Reply #6 on: February 18, 2009, 03:52:09 PM »
                                                                          PHASE 6
                                                                    Apprentice Rising

                                                             (Daytime. The Plane Group are in Yoshi’s Village. Toadbert is making deals with the Yoshi’s to build a boat.)

Celistar: So we destroyed a famous airship, and lost Toadsworth so that we could look at some dead Yoshi?

Peach: Toadsworth…is…in…a…better…place.

Toad 1: It wasn’t just some dead Yoshi. It was the Yoshi Chief! Be respectful, Celistar!

Celistar: But Toadsworth-

Toadbert: The Yoshi’s have agreed to let us use one of their boats. And they’ve given me instructions to the Coast, where it’s located.

Peach: Wait…I…forgot…my…ring.

Toad 3: Please come back soon, Princess. There’s something unsettling about this island.

(Peach runs into hut)

(A crashing sound occurs, and a shriek. Suddenly, the Apprentice leaps out, with his wand straight to Peach’s neck. She is knocked out, and the Apprentice is roughly dragging her.)

Apprentice: Get back! All of you! I see your creeping! Now then, I’m taking your queen into the forest. You will not be able to move for 10 minutes. After the time is over, the chase begins. I like games, so I’ll give you a hint: I’ll be going in a straight line. That’s right. Just follow my line. And you’ll find the queen. Now then, Good Bye.

(Apprentice disappears into forest. The four Toads and Celistar stand shocked)

Toad 2: Oh nooo! What are we going to do?

Toad 3: He’ll kill her! He’ll kill her!

Celistar: No…I can’t let that happen. No…I WON’T let that happen. I’m going after her.

Toad 3: But…he’ll kill you too! And then the royal line will be gone!

Celistar: (Quietly) I can’t let her be killed. I’m going. Right now.

Toadbert: But what if-

(Looks to see that Celistar is already gone. Toad 3 panics, but they follow her. Scene switches to the Apprentice running through the forest. He knows that he is luring the rest after him. Back, far away, Celistar is jumping over braches and through trees. And further behind her, the Toads are desperately scrambling through the forest. Finally, Celistar arrives in a giant, cut out part of forest, with a shovel in the center. With mysterious speed, the Toad’s quickly catch up to her, gasping loudly.)

Toad 1: When…did…you learn…to…run…so fast?

Celistar: A little practice.

Toad 3: But-

(The Apprentice’s voice rises out of the ground, as if from an Intercom)

Apprentice: I’m glad you’ve made it to the game. Now, I have nothing against you, but my life is at stake, and I’d like to play a game. Haeh heh heh. I am currently underground, hiding in a small hole, and I have the princess with me. Around me are 15 Monty Moles. Each of them have a deadly surprise for you. If you dig over them, instead of me, they will leap up, and snap your head back, breaking your spine. Don’t try to hold your head back. They are also trained to fight. There is nothing else. If you find me, then you can do what you want. Have FUN!

(Pause)

Toad 3: This…this won’t work. We…we’ll have to leave the Queen…

Celistar: No…but…

Toad 2: What could we possibly do?

Celistar: We…have to dig.

Toadbert: Are you insane? You’ll…you’ll…

Celistar: I’ll…have to try.

(A short memory of Penter occurs)

Penter: As a Master of Destiny- You will have a talent for incredible luck. Our meeting will be the next time we find each other-just the right time. And you must always remember…There is luck to this, not just skill and power. You will see…you will see…

(Back to reality)

Celistar: Even if he is nuts…I still have to try.

Toad 1: What are you-HEY!

(Celistar has started to dig)

Toad 3: No-! No-! Stop! Stop!

Celistar: You guys better run. If I mess up…that mole will hunt you down.

(As the Toads back away in terror, Celistar’s shovel suddenly slices downward, like through air. Celistar leaps back, just as the Apprentice leaps up, knives in hand. He lands where Celistar was standing when she dug, and gets into a battle position.)

Apprentice: Queenie’s still in the pit. But it won’t matter. After I kill you…I’ll kill her, and…COUGH COUGH…excuse me. I’m being rather…grisly, aren’t I?

(Celistar stands shocked)

Apprentice: Heh heh. Usually, I’m quite a formal Koopa…but…due to the circumstances and situation; I’m getting rather NERVOUS about everything. But…I’m afraid that Bowser has given me the orders to end your lives. So…I can almost truthfully say I’m sorry…if you weren’t MARIO’S DAUGHTER!

(Apprentice leaps at Celistar. She falls on her back, with the Apprentice standing over her. As Celistar starts to roll by instinct, the Apprentice throws a knife where she was, leaving him with one. As he attempts to reach the knife, Celistar leaps up kicks him onto his back, on the ground. The second knife he is holding goes flying into the forest, where a cry sounds from. Celistar quickly grabs the knife on the ground, but the Apprentice still has a wand, which he uses to knock the knife from Celistar’s hand. It disappears. The Apprentice leaps up, leaving Celistar without a weapon and the Apprentice with his wand)

Apprentice: So, Sellytar, it looks like your one weapon short. What are you going to do now?

Toad 1: Celistar! Selly!

(Celistar whips around, and sees Toad 1 holding a knife. He throws it to her)

Toad 1: Er…Celistar…maybe we underestimated you…please…save the queen…

(He disappears, and Celistar is forced to faced the Apprentice by herself)

Apprentice: This…this won’t make a difference…this won’t…

(Suddenly, the Apprentice’s face distorts to panic, he steps back)

Apprentice: Oh no…why did I have to have THAT kind of knife?

Celistar: …What?

(Apprentice continues to step back, looking like he’s preparing something)

Celistar: (Quietly to herself) I have to throw the knife…he’s getting too far away…no…I could grab mom and run…but no…he’s about to launch something…I…I…

(She quickly throws the knife at the exact time that the Apprentice launches a spell. He sees the knife coming, and shrieks “NO!” but the spell is already going, and when the knife hits it, it is absorbed into the knife, causing the wand to shatter into pieces of wood. The Apprentice panics and jumps back at an angle near where the Toads are hiding.)

Apprentice: You…you…how…how did you know?!?

Celistar: It was…luck. Just plain luck.

Apprentice: Arrgghhhh! I’ll, I’ll… (He steps back) This isn’t over…Bowser won’t let it be…I…

(The Apprentice starts to run away. Celistar pauses, and then turns around and drags Peach out of the pit. As she is checking if Peach is okay, a loud cry comes from behind. The Apprentice has grabbed Toadbert, and is escaping with him.)

Apprentice: This is only the beginning, Princess! This world is evil…and everyone in it. I’m only the introduction to the true terror! Ha hah hah ha!

(Soon, the Apprentice’s voice fades away, and Celistar stands shocked. A short rumbling occurs, to which Celistar includes is the digging of the Monty Moles, underground, leaving the scene. The other three Toad’s come back into the clearing. Toad 3 is crying.)

Toad 3: He’s-He’s-He’s taken Toadbert!

Toad 1: A brave effort Celistar…even more then that. You have saved Queen Peach, but…Toadbert…

(An uncomfortable silence occurs, and after a few moments, Peach wakes up mumbling)

Peach: I…can’t…find…my…ring…?

(The entire screen goes dark, to which the mysterious, wheezing voice from Bowser’s Castle comes in)

???: COUGH HACK HOFF. The darkness…I love how it creeps into my soul…how it demands me to take what I get. The darkness…it occurs everywhere. No matter what they think…there is darkness in everything…darkness…COUGH HACK HOFF…it’s beautiful…and so ugly…COUGH HACK HOFF…

TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #7 on: February 19, 2009, 04:31:51 PM »
                                                                                    PHASE 7
                                                                          The Dead and The Lost
                                         



                                                       (Peach’s Castle. It is silent. The Toads are walking around, nervous. No one knows what has happened to the attendance party. News reports indicate that the plane crashed into the ocean. Various discussions are starting, on the new ruler. Suddenly, the Great Door creaks open. It is Peach and Celistar. Behind them, three weary Toads follow close behind. A huge commotion occurs. A few Toads notice Peach’s strange, new speaking. Others are ignorant from happiness. Celistar steps back, and slowly weaves around the crowd, toward the Library. Sneaking past happy Toad’s, she walks in and sits. The silence is calming. After a few seconds, Penter weaves in.)

Celistar: Why do you always appear like that?

Penter: It is my way, after so many fights and struggles.

Celistar: …

Penter: I hear you had quite an experience. The Toad’s told me.

Celistar: And Peach…?

Penter: She doesn’t remember anything, apparently. She has a strange speech impediment now…some of the Toad’s suspect it’s more then just a speech problem, however.

Celistar: Why are you telling me this? My mother is perfectly fine.

Penter: …You asked me.

Celistar: (Groans) what are you doing here, anyway?

Penter: I heard you had quite an adventure, and I wanted to discuss it.

Celistar: How? What’s to it?

Penter: The Toad’s have told me that you had to play a game of chance- a 1:15 chance, that is. And obviously…you have survived.

Celistar: That…was…

Penter: Luck. And…you faced some shadowy figure who worked straight for Bowser. Bowser’s forces are not chosen lightly, and someone DIRECTLY linked to him?

Celistar: …

Penter: And you had a knife fight with this Koopa? Incredibly foolish…and brave…

Celistar: I was trapped. There was nothing else I could have done. If I had turned around, and ran, he would have stabbed me, or thrown the knife…and my mom...

Penter: Yes…but even still, you destroyed his wand.

Celistar: But Toadbert was captured…and Toadsworth was killed…

Penter: Yes…about that…

(Library door crashes open. Toads rush in)

Random Toad: Peach! I mean, Celistar! We’re having a party! Come on! Oh, and you too, Penter!

(Toad’s practically drag Celistar out, while Penter is left to walk behind)

Penter: They mean so well, and sometimes this world seems perfect…like some game…but…I can sense it…the coming chaos…

(Penter leaves the room. All is quiet.)

(Scene switches to party. Constant shouts and laughter are apparent, and sometimes, somebody screams from enjoyment. There are Toad’s everywhere. There is also a podium, on which Russ T. from Paper Mario stands. Soon, the crowd quiets down)

Russ T.: My brothers and sisters, today, we celebrate the wonderful return of our fair Princess Peach, and Princess Celistar…and mourn the losses of Toadsworth, and Toadbert, BOTH have which, have died. So, let us give a moment of silence for their deaths, and their sacrifices.

(A moment of silence occurs, and then random partying breaks out, and the crowd is soon freaking out again)

(Surprisingly, Celistar is near the center, walking around aimlessly, waiting for the party to end. Suddenly, she runs into a female Toad, who is also milling about.)

Jolene: Why hello Celistar! Nice to meet you here!

Celistar: Oh…hi.

Jolene: Your father was a good friend of mine. He…saved my brother. If you ever need anything…

(Jolene smiles, and then walks away, shy and nervous from parties.)

Celistar: Sigh…my father…

(Memory sequence, Celistar and Mario in the Garden, Celistar is about 7)

Celistar: Daddy…why do you like parties so much? You have so many…

Mario: Cel…parties are a great time to have fun…and…to have meetings…

Celistar: Meetings…?

Mario: Someday, Cel, when you’re 16…it will be Mario Party 13…the most important Mario Party of all…

(Memory ends)

Celistar: Parties…parties…why…why were they so important to him?

(Darkness. It is Bowser’s Castle again, in the Throne Room, where Bowser sits. The Apprentice walks in. His face is hidden by a cloak)

Bowser: Well? Are they all dead? Is the Mushroom Kingdom mine?

Apprentice: (Head down) I have captured a Toad known as Toadbert, and…

Bowser: What about the rest?

Apprentice: They…they…”escaped”…my wand was destroyed…

Bowser: ARGHHH! How could you have failed…two Royal Know-nothings…AND 4 TOADS?

Apprentice: As I said, I have captured a rather intelligent Toad-

Bowser: ARGH! (From out of nowhere, A strike of lighting hits the Apprentice, shocking him in place. He only lets out a single syllable of pain, but it is obvious that the torture is excruciating.)

Bowser: If you hadn’t captured that single Toad, do you realize what your body would look like right now?

Apprentice: IRK.

Bowser: But you must capture the rest of them. No…better yet. You must kill them. Kill them all. Bomb the castle if you must. I don’t care about it. I only want the Kingdom, with the fertile land and grasslands. And I want to see their bodies, everywhere…

Apprentice: ARG (Bowser is slowly increasing the torture)

Bowser: Now, you must go out again. And this time, WITH NOTHING. I knew, my Apprentice, that you took 15 of my moles with you. You will take nothing…except…I shall give you an Lethal Bob-omb. With it, you can bomb the castle, or kill any enemies you wish. Now leave my castle…NOW!

(Using the lightning, Bowser throws the Apprentice a few feet away. He lies, strewn on the ground for a few seconds, and then he bows to Bowser and runs out. Outside, it is dark…and we are back at the Castle. Celistar has been running for hours. Now Penter is talking with her.)

Penter: Cel, I believe it is time we tested your skill.

Celistar: But…I’ve only been “practicing” for a few nights…

Penter: That is true…but the incident on Yoshi’s Island…it shows your power. I believe you are ready for some more interesting challenges.

Celistar: …Like what?

Penter: (Turns away, and looks towards the city) we…are going to rescue Toadbert.

Celistar: WHAT?

TO BE CONTINUED…

Kimimaru

  • Max Stats
« Reply #8 on: February 20, 2009, 08:50:00 AM »
Good story!
The Mario series is the best! It has every genre in video games but RTS'! It also has a plumber who does different roles, a princess, and a lot of odd creatures who don't seem to poop!

« Reply #9 on: February 20, 2009, 03:19:14 PM »
Good story!

Thank you! As a little "reward" I've got a plot twist ready in this Phase.



                                                                             PHASE 8
                                                                     Second of the Hidden

                                                             (It is early morning, the sun is rising. A figure is walking across the dead plains of Dark Land… it is the Apprentice. He is carrying the Lethal Bob-omb on his back. He is grinning, like a corpse.)

(Scene switches to Peach’s Castle. It is still sunrise. Penter and Celistar are standing outside, with small backpacks. It appears that they are about to embark on a journey. Celistar looks uncomfortable.)

Celistar: Penter…this is insane. Saving Toadbert? He’s in Bowser’s Castle! That’s…far away, to say the least.

Penter: Yes, but I am sure that your skills-

Celistar: But no matter what you are “sure of”, the government-including my mother-are going to think that you kidnapped me…they’ll be searching for us…we can’t get far…we-

Penter: You know your mother would never let you leave normally…the state she’s in…I think-

Celistar: I don’t care what you think. She’s fine…she’s just…overly-worried.

Penter: That’s not a real word.

Celistar: That’s beside the point! She-

Penter: Will not wake up until exactly 12:00 this afternoon. After 20 minutes of searching, she’ll order the guards to find you…until she finds out that I’m gone too…I estimate 4:00 this afternoon. We’ll almost be out of Mushroom City by then, and onto the Mush Farmlands. Beyond that, the Kappa River, and then…

Celistar: The Forever Forest.

Penter: By then, they won’t be able to track us.

Celistar: Do you even know the way through the Forever Forest?

Penter: Yes. A long time ago, before you were even born, I was forced to travel through there, and back. I have nearly memorized the way now.

Celistar: Nearly?

Penter: Do not worry. We will make it through.

Penter: …We can’t waste any more time. Let’s go.

(Both run down the hill. Celistar, happy to be away from the stuffy castle, and Penter, ready for a new adventure. The sun rises like a Fast-Forward. Inside Peach’s Castle, Peach is wandering. She continues looking and looking, starting to look desperate. Toadette stops her.)

Toadette: Is there a problem, m’lady?

Peach: Where…is…Celi…star?

Toadette: M’…lady…

(Toadette rushes off, to notify guards. Soon, the entire castle is chaotic. “Camera” Rises to sky. Lowers again, to a large city. Mushroom City. “Camera” moves in to Penter and Celistar, rushing through city. Various species are everywhere.)

Penter: Follow me. There is a shortcut through this alley.

Celistar: Yeah…okay.

Celistar: (Thinking) Suddenly, I was wondering why I had so rashly gone on this adventure. I was glad to be away from the castle…but to be away with a probably crazy Toad…oh well. It all comes with adventure, I suppose.

(Celistar and Penter scurry through the Dark alley, quickly and quietly. Suddenly, a door nearby crashes open, and a Koopa is thrown out of the darkness. After him, comes two more, which immediately attack him. One pulls him up and the other punches and kicks him down. Laughing nastily, they continue to kick him on the ground, as he attempts to get up.)

Penter: (Turns to Celistar) Stay back. I’m going to deal with these jerks.

Celistar: (Nods)

(Penter goes forward, warning the Koopas to stop. They laugh; he attacks them, the usual. He wins, sending them running away. The Koopa on the ground groans.)

Penter: Come on, Cel. We need to get going.

Koopa: Wait…

Celistar: (Turning back) What?

Koopa: What…if they come back? (Stands up)

Penter: (Looks shocked, and then looks mysteriously interested)

Koopa: I mean…I can barely fight…you saw…

Penter: You…are you truly afraid for yourself?

Koopa: Yea…yes. I hate this city. I want to leave…but…

Penter: Do you want to come with us?

Celistar: WHA…t…Penter…are you…?

Penter: We are heading on a journey. We can protect you…as you could us…

Koopa: But…I’m just…Why would you want me?

Penter: I…have a good feeling about you. A special chaos…

Koopa: Er…will you really take me?

Penter: Could you tell me why you are here, first?

Koopa: …Why must you know?

Penter: I need to set some things in order.

Koopa: …Well I shouldn’t be ashamed of it…I’m a refugee. I’ve left the Koopa Kingdom…I’m a citizen…I…

Penter: Do you truly want to leave this city? Now that you are in the safer Mushroom Kingdom?

Koopa: Yes…things are getting violent. The City is getting overcrowded. I want fresh air…but both the city and the Koopa Kingdom have that awful staleness...

Penter: Would you still come with us if we were heading back to the Koopa Kingdom?

Koopa: …No. I hate this place. As long as we are not staying there…I will accompany you.

Penter: No, we are not staying. So, if you are going to come with us, I’d like to know your name.

Koopa: My name…is Wes.

Penter: Interesting. Your name…it does not-

Wes: My name does not start with “K”? Those names are going away, now.

Penter: Interesting…

(A booming sound off in the distance occurs. It is a clock, signifying 3:00.)

Penter: Oh my! Come on, everybody. We need to be out of this city!

(Celistar sighs and Wes simply looks confused. Time jumps to night.)

(The Whole Group (Celistar, Penter, and Wes) are in the Mush Fields. Penter has given up his blankets for Wes. Penter is going to try the ground again. Wes is asleep, but Celistar and Penter are still awake, without a fire, so nobody finds them. They are quietly talking)

Celistar: Why are we bringing this KOOPA with us?

Penter: Cel…this Koopa feels strange. I can feel that certain thing in him…

Celistar: He is a Koopa! He’s-

Penter: Celistar. There are some things that I will tell you some day, but I cannot tell you now. They are things that will twist you the wrong way, unless I tell you at the right time…which is later. One thing I can tell you is that you must NOT hate Koopas.

Celistar: I don’t-

Penter: There are certain people that have certain ideas about different species. Bowser is one. He believes that the Toad’s are simply slaves. I have a good friend who is a Shy Guy, but he still believes that the Shy Guys have a special, destined path, all their own, not sharing it with any other species. Your father…your father had some SLIGHT ideas about Koopas…I believe this may have-

Celistar: No. Shut up. He’s just suspicious. Why was he being attacked? Is he really trustworthy?

Penter: …

(A long moment of silence. Celistar is getting down to the ground to fall asleep, but she asks a last question, first.)

Celistar: Penter…why did you bring this “Wes” anyway? He seems weak…and normal to me.

Penter: (Smiling) Celistar…after Wes’s assault was over; he got up remarkably fast…and that feeling. Celistar…Wes may be a MOD…He might be a Master of Destiny.

TO BE CONTINUED…?
« Last Edit: February 20, 2009, 03:24:08 PM by Nintendoobsessed »

« Reply #10 on: February 21, 2009, 10:24:01 PM »
                                                                        PHASE 9
                                                                    The Shadowed


                                                              (Morning, in Peach’s Castle. Peach has been up all night. Her eyes are saggy, and she looks horrible. A Shy Guy has been escorted into the castle, by several Toad Guards.)

Random Toad: Queen Peach, we have bought the subject you requested. He has passed all the tests (Although he is rather clumsy, [The Toad mutters under his breath]) and he is just like you have specified…he IS a Shy Guy, however…

Shy Guy: Ert, please do not call us that. We are Heihos.

Random Toad: (That sounds even worse)

Peach: Hmm…yes. A…Shy…Guy.

Random Toad: So, Princess, is this truly our new kingdom guardian? (He looks pathetic.)

Peach: Yes…and…your…first…task…is…to…find…my-

(Door slams open, enter Royal Guard Captain)

Royal Guard: Queen…GASP! An update! GASP! Princess Celistar has been spotted…with Penter and a strange Koopa….GASP!

Peach: Celistar…has been…captured…by…Penter…who…has…-

Royal Guard: Teamed up with a Koopa! And they are escaping the Kingdom…

Peach: QUICKLY! New…Kingdom…Protector…rescue…the…Princess…

Shy Guy: Ert, yes Queen Peach. I, Jonas, shall rescue-

Royal Guard: Shut up and go!

Jonas: (Glares) Goodbye, Queen.

(Jonas leaves)

Random Toad: I apologize for the accent, my Queen. We picked him out straight from a small Subconian Village…he is rather foreign.

Peach: Hrm…send…a…few…guards…after…him. Make…sure…he…too…is…not…a…traitor.

Royal Guard/Random Toad: Yes, my Queen!

(Both glare at each other, and then both run off at the same time.)

(Scene switches to Mush Fields. “The Group” is running through, Penter in front, Celistar shortly behind, and Wes a little back.)

Wes: Where…exactly…are we…going? And…WHY?

Penter: We are on a rescue mission.

Wes: A…RESCUE MISSION?

Celistar: Remind me again why I’m doing this, with BARELY…any training?

Penter: As I said, your talents…are much greater then I thought.

Celistar: (Grimaces) I still think this is insane.

Penter: Don’t talk that way. We need completely positive energy, if we are going to make it to the Forever Forest by nightfall.

Wes: Isn’t there a river before that, too?

Penter: Don’t worry about that now.

Celistar: (Groans)

(Scene switches to Apprentice, also running, but in the opposite direction, towards the castle. He has now strapped the Lethal Bob-omb to his back. And, he is now running through Dry Dry Desert. He is still grinning insanely.)

(And finally, showing blackness, an excited voice cries out. The first “Gun” is complete. “Camera” moves into Bowser’s Throne Room, where a Koopa is excitedly showing him the “Gun”. Bowser laughs.)

(And finally, Jonas is shown bumbling through Toad Town, running into carts, and tripping over Toads.)

Jonas: Ugh-ert! Are they TRYING to get into my way?

Goomba: Yes. They are.

Jonas: Wha-?

(A Goomba appears behind him.)

Goomba: These “Toad’s”…they don’t like our kind.

Jonas: Ert…what?

Goomba: Even the Koopas are somewhat respected for their power, but us…Nah, we’re nothing.

Jonas: But…

Goomba: Yah, yah. I know what’s going on. They hired ya. Find their pretty princess. Protect their Kingdom from problems. But do you really think that you’re that special? That they can’t find another one like you, if you die? Hah!

Jonas: Ert, my…

Goomba: Just somethin’ to think about. I was foolish enough to move here, away from Tropix City. My life’s hell. You remember this.

Jonas: Erm, but…

(The Goomba is gone. Jonas looks worried, but he quickly moves on. Three Toad’s follow behind, 5 seconds later. Things are going to get crazy…)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #11 on: February 22, 2009, 10:03:20 AM »
                                                              PHASE 10
                                                           Forever Fortune

                                                           

                                                    (Morning, in Toad Town)

Innkeeper: Get-OUT!

(Jonas goes flying out of an Inn; he lands, dazed and confused.)

Jonas: I think…I might’ve over paid…

Jonas: …Ughhh…Why am I doing this again…ert?

Goomba: Because you got no job, right? You needed something to do, right? Jumped into this a little too fast, right? Getting kicked out of Inns, just because they don’t like you? Didn’t know about the Shy Guy uprising years back?

(Goomba has suddenly appeared)

Jonas: Ert, what?

Goomba: There was a time when a large group of Shy Guys plotted to overtake Toad Town, with some General as their leader. But do you know who stopped them?

Jonas: Ert…

Goomba: Mario! It’s Mario! Who else would you expect! He does everything, doesn’t he? He’s the great one, right? Everyone knows his name, but no one knows our names!

Jonas: Well, ert, my name is-

Goomba: I don’t care. We have no identities…it’s…it’s…like…we’re all-COME BACK!

Jonas: (Scurrying away) Ert, very sorry. Must be on my way…ert.

Goomba: Don’t forget me, my friend. The world is waiting for us to rebel. We just-

(Goomba’s voice drowns out. Jonas scurries through town, ignoring nasty looks from Toads. Switch to Celistar. “The Group” has reached a river.)

Penter: We’ve finally made it…this is the Kappa River.

Wes: Kappa…

Penter: It is a very old river. All the way back to when the Kappa’s launched their great attack.

Celistar: Kappas…Koopas…?

Penter: No, they are different. The Kappas are another species. They live far up this river. More then a century ago, they launched an attack on the Castle. Fortunately, a blizzard occurred right when they attempted to attack. They are now a near extinct species, due to the freezing cold that killed so many of them.

Celistar: Why haven’t I ever-

Penter: As I said, they are near extinct. And, they are insane savages.

Celistar: …

Wes: (Looks on with a strange look)

Penter: Anyway, we need to get across this river. Celistar, you need to leap across.

Celistar: WHAT?

Penter: I SAID YOU NEED TO LEAP ACROSS.

Celistar: This River is almost…20 Feet…

Penter: Yes?

Celistar: (Stares at Penter for a few seconds.) I can’t jump THAT far.

Penter: You’re father is Mario…of course you can.

Wes: (Imagine a Koopa’s face, when he learns that he has been traveling with Mario’s daughter.) Awk.

Penter: Hm? What?

Wes: You’re…you’re Mario’s daughter?

Celistar: I knew this would happen SOMETIME.

Wes: I…I… (GULP)…but…you…are our Kingdom’s princess. I must get accustomed…you are no different…then anyone…else.

Celistar: (Looks annoyed.)

Penter: I am glad you are accustomed to our Kingdom, Wes.

Wes: Yes. I’m okay…it’s…nothing… (Still looks tense)

Celistar: Don’t act like that. My father only…defeated…bad Koopas…

Penter: Yes…bad…Koopas… (Has an incredibly quaint look on his face)

Celistar: Why are you-?

Penter: No more time for questions. The search is still on, and once we are in the Forever Forest, we can hide.

Wes: Hide?

Celistar: Yes. We’re escaping from my obsessive Mother and her group of slaves.

Penter: Their not slaves, Celistar. They simply love to work for your mother.

Celistar: Their mindless.

Penter: Yes, yes. We still need to cross the river. And YOU Celistar…you still need to jump.

Celistar: As I said, it must be at least 20 feet-

Penter: It doesn’t matter. I’m sure you’ll make it across.

Celistar: And what if I fall in?

Penter: You’ll wash up at the Chesim Dam. And we’ll be able to fish you out.

Celistar: You’ve got to be kidding.

Penter: No. Now jump! Oh wait…give me your backpack…

(The usual hesitation. Celistar looks in. A cheep-cheep with teeth looks back. Celistar almost says something, but decides not to complain. She takes the jump-and-)

Wes: Uh oh.

Penter: I am sure-

(WUMP)

(Celistar just barely lands-on her stomach. The rest of her body below that is in the water. Not for long-)

Celistar: AHH OUCH!

(Celistar leaps out with amazing speed, her knees with bite marks all over them. She falls to the ground in a comical fashion.)

Celistar: There. Your great idea worked. Now how are YOU going to get across? Feel like swimming?

Penter: No. The current is too strong. We shall be using this.

(Penter pulls a retractable ladder out of his backpack, and-retracts it. Penter and Wes cross-Wes with a little nervousness-while Celistar looks on, too shocked and angry to move.)

Celistar: What-what-what-what-what-what-

Penter: Come on. A few more steps into the forest.

Celistar: What-what-what-what-what-what-

Penter: Celistar, you need all the chances you can get to train.

Celistar: What-what-what-what-what-what-

(The group enters the Forever Forest. Scene switches to the Apprentice, who is also entering the Forever Forest, from the Shrub Lands.)

Apprentice: Heh heh. The only problem left is how I’m going to cross that blasted river…

(Back to Jonas, now continuing to scurry through Mushroom City)

Jonas: Rebellion, ert, that guy must have been kidding…ert.

(Speed change to night. Back to Forever Forest)

Penter: That was fast.

Wes: What?

Celistar: The fire…we started it surprisingly easy.

Penter: It is a forest, after all. But be careful. We must not burn down the forest. And we are only making this because the trees block out the smoke from escaping.

Celistar: We shouldn’t burn down the forest? Are you SURE?

Penter: Many incidents have happened…Cel…are you still mad about the river?

Celistar: No.

(Slow fade to darkness. Celistar’s nightmare. It’s back. Celistar is running through the castle…six…tripping…opening the door. And the figure turns. It has a mask of gold. It is a Mask of an eternal grin. Melded like…something familiar. The mask…it resembles something…but Celistar can’t make it out. Then…the figure speaks.)

Mask ???:  Celistar…Celistar…you’re d-

(Instant blackness. Celistar wakes up with a scream. Everyone else stays awake, through some strange sleeping powers. Celistar blinks. And desperately tries to remember the mask.)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #12 on: February 23, 2009, 03:00:15 PM »

                                                                    PHASE 11
                                                       LETHAL CONFRONTATION


                                                              (Forever Forest, morning. Penter, Celistar, and Wes are traveling through. Celistar looks bitter.)

Penter: Are you sure you-?

Celistar: It’s not important. It was a dream. It was stupid. It means nothing.

Penter: (Quietly) I heard you screaming…

Celistar: I told you! It was a dream! It was a sick, twisted, distorted dream, but-

Wes: Celistar is right. I used to have horrible dreams. Dreams of people dying…but they are dreams. They mean nothing…

Celistar: That’s RIGHT. NOTHING. (Says it rather loudly, and then looks surprised at herself.)

(Penter grimaces and they continue on. Back to Jonas, now on a hovercraft, being driven by a Doogan*. The Kappa River is ahead, and they are about to pass over it.)

Jonas: Ert, sir, excuse me sir, but I, er, I believe I need to go north of the Mush Fields…not west…the perpetrators-

Rowf**: Oh, don’t worry. We’re just taking a NICE LONG ride in the forest!

Jonas: But, ert, sir, this is a matter of-

(Hovercraft enters the Forever Forest.)

Jonas: Sir, please, I appreciate you taking me for a ride, but I really need to head to the Sarasa Hills, where the villains-

(Rowf turns around, crazy eyes)

Rowf: Look punk, you’re the only evil around here! You little b****** stole my calculator! It smelled awful for years, and then, it broke…if Mario hadn’t…ARRGH!

(In a fit of rage, Rowf slams the Hovercraft sideways, sending Jonas flying and leaving with the Hovercraft with a nasty dent. Jonas lays stunned for a while. Then, gets up.)

Jonas: Ert…why did he do that?

(Dusts off mask)

Jonas: Well…ert…better start heading back-

(Distant noise is heard, farther west)

Celistar: -RIGHT. NOTHING.

Jonas: Ert! Princess Celistar! PRINCESS! I AM COMING!

(Back to “Group”)

Penter: Cel…sometimes…

Wes: Who was that?

Celistar: Trouble. Let’s go!

Penter: Cel…why…

Celistar: Save the criticisms for later!

(They start running. Then, Wes stops.)

Wes: Wait. Couldn’t we deal with whoever this is?

Penter: Not if they have the Royal Guards with them.

Wes: But it only sounded like one-

Celistar: No chances! Come on!

(They continue running. Eventually, they end up in a clearing that is strangely familiar to Celistar, except that a river is running nearby. Penter stops. Then the rest stop.)

Celistar: Why are we STOPPING?

Penter: There’s…someone ahead…or something. Stay back.

Celistar: What-?

Penter: We need to-

(From a group of shrubs, the Apprentice approaches. Although he has no wand, he still clutches the Lethal Bob-omb. Penter freezes.)

Penter: A Lethal Bob-omb…who-?

Celistar: It’s that weird Koopa I told you about.

Wes: (Looks horrified) this…is Bowser’s personal Magik!

Penter: What? I knew he must’ve had a new one…but so late…Kammy died 11 years ago…

Apprentice: I’ve stayed hidden. Bowser has not had need of me until now.

Celistar: You…what are you doing here?

Apprentice: I could ask the same…but I’m going to keep this short. I’m heading for your Queen’s Castle. Anyone who gets in my way will die a painful death.

Celistar: Where’s your wand, Powerful One?

Penter: Celistar…he has…a LETHAL BOB-OMB.

Celistar: So what? What-

Penter: Celistar…it can destroy entire castles.

Celistar: It…um…

Wes: And that’s why he’s heading for Mushroom Castle.

Penter: Oh no…

Apprentice: It’s terrible, isn’t it? I admit, sometimes I hate doing this, but sometimes…it’s so much fun!

Celistar: You’re sick. How can you think like that?

Apprentice: I’m an outsider. Although I’m playing the game, I’m out of ways harm. I watch the horror as it occurs. It’s so much fun! Watching Toad’s die in agony…

Wes: You…you’re twisted.

Apprentice: Yes, yes. Now then, I must be on my way, I have a castle to-

Jonas: PRINCESS!

Apprentice: What…the hell?

(Jonas bounds out of the trees, trips on a root, and lands right in front of Celistar. He quickly gets up, pretending that nothing embarrassing happened.)

Jonas: Princess! GASP! I finally…ert…found you! Step away from the criminals!

Celistar: Who…?

Penter: Celistar…we don’t have any time for this. If the Castle has employed a Shy Guy-(Jonas: HEIHO!)- Heiho, whatever, if they have employed a Shy Guy, they must have sent others after him, just in case-

Royal Guard Toad: Princess! We are here to rescue you!

(Dramatically, a Helicopter starts to land, cutting through the branches, landing on the ground, right near the Apprentice.)

Apprentice: WHY-?

(Toad Royal Guards leap out.)

Royal Guard Toad: When that Shy Guy-(Jonas: HEIHO!)- Heiho, whatever, when he took that hovercraft, we had to get a vehicle of our own, and-A KOOPA! Tw-TWO KOOPAS!

Apprentice: Move your Helicopter out of the way, or I’ll-

Royal Guard Toad: Quickly! Get out the nets!

Apprentice: I HAVE A LETHAL BOB-OMB. IF YOU MOVE-

Royal Guard Toad: Fire the nets!

(A net is shot out of a cannon, made to ensnare criminals (In this case, the Apprentice), and falls at the Apprentice. He panics.)

Apprentice: Rope! Rope…rope…rope!!!

Penter: Cel…Wes…run to the river…we have to get out of here…he’s going to-

(Memory Scene, for the Apprentice. Quite young, right after he met Bowser. Without a cloak, he is watching a video of an area in the Mushroom Kingdom, along with other Koopas. It is part of a Meeting. Hamro is speaking.)

Hamro: And finally, in conclusion, we are going to show you the TRUE appearance of the Mushroom Kingdom. Some areas may be happy, and these are the parts we are aiming to capture, but this…this is the Darkness of the Mushroom Kingdom…this is the evil they try to hide…

(Video shows a field full of Koopas…hanging…from ropes…most with crushed heads. The bodies are everywhere. As the video continues across the field, a glimpse shows another two Koopas. But THESE are the Apprentice’s parents. He stares in horror, and then runs out. Hamro is smiling. The Plan has worked. The New Apprentice’s mind is slowly twisting. Memory ends.)

(Deeemp-BOOMMMMMMMMM. The Lethal Bob-omb was thrown in a moment of panic, and soon the world is flashing lights. Celistar has falling into the river. She’s trying to swim, but something heavy falls on her. She is pushed underwater, as she tries to breathe. As she comes up, she hears Penter calling her name, but his call is interrupted by another explosion…an aftermath. With failing strength, she crawls under the water, hiding from the hot explosions. And then, swimming up for breath, her head hits something heavy, and the darkness of the river swallows her. The darkness consumes…)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #13 on: February 27, 2009, 03:29:10 PM »
Sorry for the delay! Writer's Block!


                                                            PHASE 12
                                                            River’s Bend

                                                        (It is a news report entitled the Kingdom Courier. It’s on a Television set, and it’s a Mushroom Kingdom-only channel. The reporter sounds monotonous, trying to keep the terror out of her voice.)

Toad Reporter: Today on Kingdom Courier…the famous Koopa Inspector, Inspector Kooper, was found dead today, in the MIDDLE of Toad Town. The victim has had his lungs and stomach ripped out through the m-mouth. The report indicates that Kooper died a slow, painful death. More reports are being written, as others try to indicate…what exactly…has killed Inspector Kooper…
                                                       
THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM


(Celistar wakes up. It is night. Another fire is going. She is on a beach. In the inky background, a large city looms over the land. Looking around, Celistar finds only Wes is with her. He has a dead look in his eyes.)

Wes: You’ve been asleep for 11 Hours. I wasn’t sure…

Celistar: 11 Hours…where’s…Penter? (Cough)

Wes: I don’t know. I just barely managed to find you. I dragged both of us out at this beach…I don’t know what it’s called…all I know is that this part of the river is called River’s Bend…it’s an area where many battles took place…

(Celistar turns around. Right behind her, the river is raging.)

Wes: The current of the Munu River is very strong. It is likely that either “Penter” got off farther north… (Looks at the distant forest.)…or…he was dragged out to the ocean… (The Omega Ocean is seen to the south.) In that case…they say that the Bloopers out there-

Celistar: No. He must have gotten out farther north. He’s tough…I mean, he’s said…

Wes: That strange Heiho was probably dragged out there too, if he survived.

Celistar: Heiho?

Wes: Shy Guy…

Celistar: …

Wes: …

Celistar: I think we need to head north…to look for Penter…

Wes: Follow the river all the way back to the clearing?

Celistar: Yes…is there a problem?

Wes: Celis- erm…Cel…that Toad Helicopter had cameras…that likely link back to Mushroom Castle. A team has probably been sent west from the castle…and if they find the right clues…they’ll know we’ve fallen into the Munu River…and…

Celistar: They’ll search.

Wes: Yes. We need to go west. Well…I do at least. I’m a criminal now…they think I captured you...

Celistar: West? Dark Land?

Wes: No…see that city? (City in background) That’s Tropix City. It’s got even more of a mess of creatures then Mushroom City. Mostly because it’s in the Mushroom Outlands…near Dark Land. But the point is, is that it’s the only place I can hide. And…

Celistar: Well…I can’t go anywhere either. I hate Mushroom Castle…

Wes: Celistar…you can’t honestly expect to travel the world at you’re-

Celistar: You’re practically the same age as me!

Wes: Yes…but Koopa’s…our lives are fated to be insanity.

Celistar: What-?

Wes: Cel…our leaders have been greedy, evil characters for generations…but most Koopas….we escape to the Mushroom Kingdom-to be fugitives…This is all beside the point. Are you seriously going to travel? The poor queen is probably thinking you’re dead!

Celistar: Dead…dead…dead! They…they probably do….I mean, if they don’t find me…they’ll think I’m dead…

Wes: Wait…oh no. Celst…this isn’t a good idea-

Celistar: They’ll think I’m dead! And after a few disguises…they won’t be able to find me…because I’ll be DEAD!

Wes: Celst…you can’t possibly hate the Castle that much…

Celistar: Yes! Yes, I do! A free life…

Wes: But-

Celistar: I hate my life! Everyone always treats me like I’m nothing! That I can’t do anything! But…I like this! The adventure of it all…

Wes: We crossed a river and were nearly blown up. That’s not much of a-

Celistar: But still! And I could fight the forces of Dark Land! And…Toadbert…

Celistar: …I still haven’t rescued Toadbert.

Wes: Toadbert…the famous Toad intellect…THAT’S who you were attempting to rescue?

Celistar: Yes…and I still can! Just head west to Tropix City…then head north…

Wes: Through the Klapra Mountains.

Celistar: Er…yes…and then north east…

Wes: Through the Dark Side of the Forever Forest.

Celistar: Er…yes…and then northwest…

Wes: Through the Dry Dry Desert.

Celistar: Er…yes…and then farther northwest…

Wes: Barren Lands. Lava Ring.

Celistar: And then I’ll be at Bowser’s Castle! Easy!

Wes: Even if you aren’t afraid of the rest…the LAVA RING. Hello? LAVA RING. Impassable, maybe?

Celistar: Well, if Bowser put his castle in the middle, it must be some kind of passable.

Wes: Yes…but…ugh! You really are desperate, aren’t you?

Celistar: Yes. I’m going to rescue Toadbert…I’m feeling more confident then ever!

Wes: You’re crazy…well; I’m just heading to Tropix, and then-

Celistar: Didn’t you say you’d come to Dark Land?

Wes: Yeah…but not BOWSER’S CASTLE and THE LAVA RING.

Celistar: Well…you still have to come to at least the Barren Lands.

Wes: …Fine. But…do you really know how dangerous this is?

Celistar: Yes. Now I’m going to sleep…we’re traveling tomorrow, right? Now good night.

Wes: I thought you’re supposed to be a princess.

Celistar: Good Night!

Wes: You’re sleeping on the sand? I guess the backpacks are gone… (Sigh).

(Wes lies out on the sand, and looks at the stars. The stars are consumed by the night blackness.)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #14 on: March 23, 2009, 01:30:48 PM »
SCHOOL WORK IS NO GOOD


                                                                  PHASE 13
                                                                 Peach’s Law


                                                           (A Dark Alley, in Mushroom City. A lone Toad is walking along it, nervously moving back and forth. A trash can falls over. The Toad jumps, but sees a cat run past. He continues on, breathing low, almost wheezing in terror. Then Something jumps out up ahead. Something big. The Toad turns around, running, but the thing leaps after him. The Toad screams for help, but the thing attacks, and the screen instantly turns black. Then light. Exact same place…except now it’s a crime scene. The Toad is lying on the ground…his lungs and stomach have been ripped out…through the mouth. A new police toad looks at the scene, and vomits into a nearby trashcan. The experienced officers simply look grim.)

Toad Officer 1: It’s the fourth murder this week…actually, one EVERY day.

Toad Officer 2: What kind of monster could do this?

Toad Officer 1: I…I don’t want to know…but it’s our job.


THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM

(Scene jumps to Mushroom Castle. Peach is sitting in her throne, leaning forward, slightly drooling. The Toad Guards around her look anxious.)


Toad Guard 1: Er...Queen, is there anything we can do for you.

Peach: Yes…yes…I…I…have…a…new…plan…heh…

Toad Guard 2: Oh! Yes?

Peach: Send…out…a…message…

Toad Guard 2: A message! …Yes?

Peach: The…message…is…”All…Koopas…in…Mushroom…City…shall…be….thrown…into…the…Castle…Dungeons…

Toad Guard 1: Er…what? ALL the Koopas in Mushroom City…thrown into the DUNGEONS?

Peach: And…you…will…torture…them…until…they…tell…you…where…the…Princess…is…

Toad Guard 1: But…we can’t fit all of them in the Dungeons! There must be thousands in Mushroom City…they won’t fit…

Peach: Cram…them…together…

Toad Guard 1: This is insane…

Peach: DO YOU DEFY ME?

Toad Guard 2: No…no! But…er…your voice came back a little…

Peach: SEND THE MESSAGE OUT…immediately.

Toad Guard 2: Yes! Yes, my Queen!

(Both Guards leave and Peach is left alone.)

Peach: They…will…tell…me…they’re…is…only…so…much…torture…they…can…take…

(Blackness. “Camera” jumps to a riverside. Day. It is not a beach. It is simply rocky. Nearby, is a towering mountain which ALMOST reaches the clouds. “Camera” slowly shifts to reveal Jonas, knocked out. He slowly wakes up, gasping for air.)

Jonas: Gack…ert! Oh no…my mask…my mask…oh thank…my mask…it’s still on…

(He reaches his hands somewhere back into his cloak, and ties the mask tighter.)

Jonas: If it had fallen-oh!

(Jonas notices the tall mountain. Farther ahead (south) the river comes together with another one, to form another river, which eventually hits the Omega Ocean.)

Jonas: What…ert…has happened?

(Scene flashes back to finding Celistar, and the explosion.)

Jonas: Something…exploded.

(He looks farther ahead.)

Jonas: Ert…it must have thrown everyone into the river…

(Looks back towards Forever Forest)

Jonas: Or…they could still…ert…be there! Oh no…what am I going to do? Well…if she continued south…she might have hit the ocean…and the bloopers… (Gulp)…so…if she is alive…it would be more likely that she is still in the forest…but…

(Suddenly, an ominous voice cuts in…it seems to be from the mountain top.)

???(From Mountain): Jonas…Jonas…

Jonas: Wah! Is…what…are you…a s-

???(From Mountain): No…I am not a Star Spirit. But I can see you…from the mountain top…and I hold the answers to your questions…

Jonas: Ert…what…? What do I-?

???(From Mountain): Come to the top, Jonas. And learn where the princess is…

(The Voice disappears. Jonas looks shocked.)

Jonas: Erm…can I trust this…ert…voice? I…

(Jonas turns around towards the forest, just as something big, dark, and mysterious crashes through the trees.)

Jonas: Ert! Err…I think I’ll take the Mountain.

(He heads for the mountain, and the thing disappears.)

(Still day. Celistar and Wes are traveling along Flier Beach (Although they don’t know its name) and are now approaching the huge Tropix City.)

Wes: Alright. We’ll be there soon…you know how to act, right?

Celistar: Yeah. I’m a poor girl…looking for work…and you…

Wes: I’m simply helping you get a job. But…you must remember…

Celistar: I’m a Human. There will be suspicion…

Wes: Yes. Humans are still rare…their villages are hard to find…and, most of them come from…

Celistar: The Pipes…before they were sealed… (Looks annoyed.)

Wes: The Pipes were dangerous places…Humans weren’t the only things that crawled out…

Celistar: (Shudders) yeah…my father told me a little. He was nearly killed by some strange hulking mass…

Wes: He was one of the ones that came from there, wasn’t he?

Celistar: Yes. He told me that pipes led to other places…strange worlds that were different…In fact, he told me of a world where humans were the only thinking creatures…their were “animals”…but they couldn’t think. I’m not sure if it was just a story…

Wes: We’re here…are you ready…?

Celistar: Yes. …That was fast.

Wes: The walk here? It did feel fast…

Celistar: Well…it was only a few miles.

Wes: Yeah…um…you’re pretty fast…for a princess…

Celistar: And you’re fast for a Koopa.

Wes: …Come on. We don’t have any more time to talk.

Celistar: Hm.

(They walk into the city…Fade to black…)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #15 on: March 24, 2009, 02:23:33 PM »

                                                                    PHASE 14
                                                                   Preparations

                                                      (Celistar and Wes are quickly walking through Tropix City. Every once in a while, a walker-by stares at Celistar…and then also quickly walks away.)

THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM

Celistar: So…THIS is Tropix City. I’ve read so much about it…during my classes. This is where the planes that go to Isle Delfino start, right?

Wes: Yes…there’s an airport area next to the city. It’s very popular.

Celistar: Hey…don’t you think we could take an airplane to Koopa City? That’s practically in the Barren Lands…and that leads directly to Bowser’s Castle!

Wes: Too bad we’d need passports…and that would lead to Identity Cards…

Celistar: Oh…yeah. Well, couldn’t we fake one? Give fake names…change our looks a little…

Wes: The Airport Guards will have gotten word of your disappearance…

Celistar: Remember that I “died”?

Wes: They’ll still look for you. Just in case you DID survive…

Celistar: …Which I did. Ugh! I suppose we will have to take that long walk…

Wes: Are you seeing the insanity of your plan now? Ready to stay here?

Celistar: No! Toadbert…

Wes: And you’re the princess…if you die…

Celistar: I could die…or I could save Toadbert, and we’d both stay alive.

Wes: Are you brave…or stupid?

Celistar: Oh be quiet! The only reason we’re here is to get supplies anyway. Then we’re on the open road.

Wes: Yeah…the Klapra Mountains…that criminal cesspool…ugh…

Celistar: Come on. They’ve got to have a store of some kind, around here…

(Switch to Bowser’s Castle, Dungeons. Camera moves across. Residents inside the cages include rebel Koopas, a few Toads, and an insane Shy Guy, and finally, Toadbert, sitting, depressed and desperate.)

Toadbert: It’s so cold. It’s…it’s so cold. And…it only gets colder. The murky wetness…covering the floor…yet the walls…they are so dry…it’s so disturbing…ugh…its’…it’s all symbolism! SYMBOLISM! EVERYTHING IS SOMETHING ELSE! EVERYTHING IS A LIE! CAKE CAKE!

Koopa Guard: Ha ha! You must be the fastest case I’ve ever seen! It only took you 8 hours to go nuts! (Starts to open door)

Toadbert: Cake?

Koopa Guard: No. I’m taking you to the Torture Room, where you’re going to tell a friend of mine everything you know…or you get to have your fingernails pulled out.

Toadbert: Mmm…okay!

Koopa Guard: Come on!

(The Koopa Guard quickly ties a rope around Toadbert’s neck, and drags him to the room. It’s depressing, and disturbing. There is blood almost everywhere, and in the middle of the room, and a grinning Goomba is (strangely) sitting up.)

Goomba: Well…our newest prisoner…who I’m sure will tell us everything we need to know.

Toadbert: Hmm!

Koopa Guard: Heh heh. He just went insane. That potion you have…you sure it’ll work?

Goomba: Yes, yes. As I’ve told you now about 12 times, the Speckian Concoction is a complex formula that shifts brain cells, so that they temporarily go back to normal.

Koopa Guard: Yeah…well, have fun, Dr. Speckian. Remember…King Bowser has ordered that the prisoner be put to the most painful machines. Lord Bowser has lost faith in his Apprentice…and he needs this information. …By the way, you should put this guy in your new head crusher.

Dr. Speckian: Maybe I will…no matter what, this will be fun! Now then…

(He pulls out a strange test tube from his lab coat.)

Dr. Speckian: Ready to tell me how to pass the Kingdom’s defenses?

(A long scene features Mushroom City, with hundreds of Mushroom Castle Guards entering. Under Peach’s Order’s, they demand all Koopas come with them. Some willingly come. Some fight. Some run, and are caught. Some get away. But most are dragged and stuffed into the Castle Dungeons. Most of the Toad’s feel sick inside, and wonder what they are doing. But, after all, it is Peach’s Orders. Night falls. One Koopa, escaping from a group of Toad’s, runs into an alley. The darkness is overwhelming, and as he moves on…)

???: …o…

Koopa: What? Wha-?

(A dark form leaps out…and attacks the Koopa. The screen instantly blacks out.)

TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #16 on: March 25, 2009, 06:11:20 PM »
OOOOOOOOOOOHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH MY GOD I absolutly love that story. But somehow I think its sad. I cut myself after I reaad that story. Please dont make it more story or my personal break down and suiccide is close. PLEASE DONT LET THIS COOL JONAS CHARACTER DIE. do YOU like the JONAS BROS.

« Reply #17 on: March 26, 2009, 02:34:43 PM »
OOOOOOOOOOOHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH MY GOD I absolutly love that story. But somehow I think its sad. I cut myself after I reaad that story. Please dont make it more story or my personal break down and suiccide is close. PLEASE DONT LET THIS COOL JONAS CHARACTER DIE. do YOU like the JONAS BROS.

-.-


                                                                   PHASE 15
                                                                 The First Wave


                                                              (Wes and Celistar are already leaving Tropix City. It is sunset. Both of them are heaving large backpacks.)

Celistar: I guess it could just go like this forever. Get backpacks…lose backpacks…get new ones again…

Wes: There’s not a rich city everywhere, you know. We’re entering the wild country…or kingdom, more like.

Celistar: What do you mean?

Wes: We’ve passed the Mushroom Kingdom borders. We’re now in an area between the Mushroom Kingdom and Dark Land…and to a miniscule extent-Sarasaland.

Celistar: That’s up north…right?

Wes: Yes…just about two miles of border connects Sarasa to these “Wild Lands”.

Celistar: How do you know so much?

Wes: I learned a lot of this…in…school…yeah.

Celistar: Your education was a lot better then mine.

Wes: Yeah…well they didn’t expect you to fight for Bowser.

(Silence. Scene switch to Toadbert…smiling crazily. His face instantly snaps to a dazed look…tired and sad. Dr. Speckian smiles darkly. The “patient” is finally awake.)

Dr. Speckian: So…I see your mind is alive again.

Toadbert: Oh…no…the dungeon…the cold…

Dr. Speckian: Don’t worry…about the dungeons…but your true terror…is about to begin…

Toadbert: Oh…the infamous torture room…

Dr. Speckian: Yes…but it will soon be a beacon of hope for everyone in our kingdom, a chance to overtake the Mushroom Kingdom.

Toadbert: Heh…IF I tell you anything…I barely know anything about the Kingdom’s secrets….I’m just-

Dr. Speckian: Don’t lie to me, you spot headed idiot. YOU are Toadbert…the only Toad smarter then you is Russ T…and he-

Toadbert: Cannot be captured…the advance security systems around his house that he’s paid E. Gadd for are some of the most advance in the world. So…it comes to me.

Dr. Speckian: Yes. Before you waste my time any further, to give me less time to torture you, I want to know if you know why I’m a “Doctor”.

Toadbert: …

Dr. Speckian: I have had training in torture. I am the best the world has seen…(mumble)…I am the best in the world of these times…that voice full of assurance won’t last long…Mario’s dead…heh…heh…ha! Ha ha hah ha! I can FEEL you trembling! I feel your terror. So…this is the ripe time. I will ask you a final time before I give you my gift of pain. TELL ME WHAT THE KOOPA KINGDOM DOES NOT KNOW. TELL ME.

Toadbert: N…y…n…ye…n…ye…

Dr. Speckian: Say it! Or it begins!

(Black out. Switch to Mushroom City. It’s chaos. There are thousands of protesters in the streets. Not all are Koopas. Angry citizens storm the castle. Peach is on a balcony, screaming to the crowd.)

Peach: QUIET…MY…children… (Mumble)…some…Koopa…has…taken…my…daughter…we…must…find…the….culprit…-

Random Toad: This is wrong! This is sick!

Random Toad 2: Guards! Why are you allowing this? This is insanity!

(Guards look around nervously. But they believe in the princess too much…)

Peach: You…I’ll…arrest…you…too. Grab…them…guards!

(Guards look ashamed, but they rush into the crowd, grabbing Koopas and the targeted Toads. They fight back, but more and more guards come.)

Random Toad 3: Where…why are their so…MANY?

(Peach turns to leave)

Peach: Please…be…nice…my…chil…dren…

(She disappears into the darkness of her castle. Toads and Koopas alike scream in outrage. Some start to throw rocks at the castle. But more…and more guards come…too many…to be real…)

TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #18 on: March 26, 2009, 03:27:07 PM »
OOOOOOOOOOOHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH MY GOD I absolutly love that story. But somehow I think its sad. I cut myself after I reaad that story. Please dont make it more story or my personal break down and suiccide is close. PLEASE DONT LET THIS COOL JONAS CHARACTER DIE. do YOU like the JONAS BROS.


Luigison: Question everything!
Me: Why?

CrossEyed7

  • i can make this whatever i want; you're not my dad
« Reply #19 on: March 26, 2009, 07:14:04 PM »
A friend of mine's little sister wore a Beatles T-shirt to school one day. A kid asked her if it was the Jonas Brothers. I'm pretty sure she punched him.
"Oh man, I wish being a part of a Mario fan community was the most embarrassing thing about my life." - Super-Jesse

« Reply #20 on: March 26, 2009, 11:49:36 PM »
HAY GUYZ





Jonas Brothers dislike aside, I really am interested as to where the story will go from here, and though the plot of Mario getting killed and someone else stepping up to his position isn't exactly numero uno for originality (nor is Mario with a child) but the way you present it is certainly intriguing. Keep up the good work.
If my son could decimate Lego cities with his genitals, I'd be [darn] proud.

« Reply #21 on: March 27, 2009, 09:10:05 AM »
A friend of mine's little sister wore a Beatles T-shirt to school one day. A kid asked her if it was the Jonas Brothers. I'm pretty sure she punched him.

Funny you should say that, actually. You're my friend, I have a little sister who's a raving Beatles fan, and she punched someone who mistakenly proclaimed she was wearing a Jonas Brothers shirt.

Forgive me for posting the Picard facepalm picture and sending the story off topic, but the situation called for it. Your story is very good nintendoobsessed and I'm interested on where it's going to go from here.
« Last Edit: March 27, 2009, 09:13:23 AM by PaperLuigi »
Luigison: Question everything!
Me: Why?

« Reply #22 on: March 27, 2009, 01:44:44 PM »
Funny you should say that, actually. You're my friend, I have a little sister who's a raving Beatles fan, and she punched someone who mistakenly proclaimed she was wearing a Jonas Brothers shirt.

Forgive me for posting the Picard facepalm picture and sending the story off topic, but the situation called for it. Your story is very good nintendoobsessed and I'm interested on where it's going to go from here.

It's okay. That post really called for it. (And apparantly, this was the Bloodykoopas first post. Did he join JUST to write that stuff? :P

HAY GUYZ

Jonas Brothers dislike aside, I really am interested as to where the story will go from here, and though the plot of Mario getting killed and someone else stepping up to his position isn't exactly numero uno for originality (nor is Mario with a child) but the way you present it is certainly intriguing. Keep up the good work.

Yeah, I know. This is kind of like how Super Mario Sunshine was to Super Mario Galaxy. I took a lot of the ideas from Mario's Crowbar (Names, Mario dying, etc.), and tried to improve them into this. I guess it worked out, as I'm getting a lot more comments for this!



                                                                 PHASE 16
                                                               Misty Mountain



                                                           (Traveling through the Klapra Mountains. It has been three days since Phase 15. Celistar looks tired but determined. Wes is well, but he is severely annoyed.)

Celistar: These are some…long mountains…

Wes: The Klapra Mountains go on for hundreds of miles.

Celistar: Well…we’ve got to rescue…Toadbert…

Wes: Why are you so determined about this? By this time, they’ve probably finished torturing him, and have now finished him off. It only takes the doctor two hours to find the information he wants.

Celistar: …Doctor?

Wes: Oh…er…yes. I’m assuming they have a doctor. To torture the…”patients”…

Celistar: Then why did you say you knew how many-

(Suddenly, two Dark Koopas come from behind a large rock. One holds a knife. The other holds a large sack.)

Dark Koopa: Heh heh heh. What a random group. A Koopa and a Human…let’s just get to the details. You put everything valuable in here… (Points to sack)…then, we play a game to see if you live.

Celistar: You’ve got to be kidding. Are we supposed to be intimidated by that knife?

Wes: Um, Cel…that’s a KNIFE. It’s sharp. And it kills.

Celistar: It’s not as bad as that thing that killed my father…

Wes: Yes, but-

Celistar: Let’s just get this over with.

Dark Koopa: Yes! Stop your nonsense, and give us whatever’s in those backpacks!

Celistar: Well, I can definitely give you a pack!

(Celistar leaps on the Dark Koopa without the knife. His head smashes into his shell, screaming as his skull is broken into shards, piercing his head, causing a rush of blood coming out of the shell. Celistar leaps off sideways, sending the shell spinning at the other Dark Koopa in a wonder of physics. It knocks the Koopa in the gut, smacking him off a cliff side, the shell following. The only thing left is a large puddle of blood. Shocked silence.)

Wes: That “pack” thing wasn’t funny.

Celistar: I know. I never really liked puns, anyway.

(Switch to Bowser’s Castle. Throne Room. Bowser is still on his throne; he refuses to go anywhere else, except when absolutely necessary. Dr. Speckian has arrived, angry that he has had to walk all the way from the dungeons.)

Bowser: Well, Professor Speckiyam? What did you learn?

Dr. Speckian: It’s DOCTOR SPECKIAN, sir, and I have learned an incredible amount from the prisoner, since you have given me so much time to torture him.

Bowser: And…?

Dr. Speckian: E. Gadd has installed a complex security system. It involves every known entrance to the castle-including windows-except one.

Bowser: What? Yes? Where is it?

Dr. Speckian: (Looks nervous, and then whispers something unintelligible)

Bowser: WHAT?

Dr. Speckian: Yes…the prisoner…after many torture devices, he finally screamed out this secret.

Bowser: But-I-…

Dr. Speckian: It would likely be a good idea that you send some…random Koopa to do the job…I don’t think you’d fit, anyway…

Bowser: WHAT? Are you saying-?

Dr. Speckian: No…no…but…surely you wouldn’t want to go through-

Bowser: No. No, that’s right. We’ll have to send a team, however. I doubt only one would get the princess out.

Dr. Speckian: Maybe this isn’t worth it. Even if it’s disused…a hundred year old sewage pipe is still not very…clean…

Bowser: QUIET. It’s not my problem, I’m not going in there. Besides, Mario’s gone, and Luigi’s incident has left him…unhelpful to them. And Mario’s daughter…she’s actually coming HERE. BWA HA HA HA!

(The screen blacks slowly, Bowser’s laughs fading in the distance. Switch to Jonas, who wakes up in a panic. He is in a misty hut, and in the far end is a misty shape.)

???: Ahhhh…Jonas…you finally awake. You’ve been in that trance for three days.

Jonas: Ert…but the last thing I remember…ert…is starting up the castle…

???: The mist led you here in your sleep…you arrived asleep…the mist will do that…

Jonas: Ert…the mist! But…who are you?

(Mist starts to clear. It is an old Toad. Jonas starts to feel a strange tumult of feelings…coming from the Goomba. But he manages to not step back)

The Master: A long time ago, I was known as The Master. A Toad Town miracle. I was once even stronger then Mario.

Jonas: Ert…stronger?

The Master: Yes…but after much training, he defeated me. How is Mario?

Jonas: Ert…he died. The Doctors are still trying to find a cause, but the doctors are sure it was a Koopa.

The Master: Oh…that is terrible.

Jonas: Ert…yes…why are you away from Toad Town? In this misty mountain?

The Master: Heh heh ha. Mt. Shigeru is a place of higher meaning. It is a place of training…and I have evidence to believe that this mist is from a Gap.

Jonas: Gap?

The Master: Rips in the dimensional thread. But that is…getting off the subject. After all of this training, I have gained the ability to sense people’s energies…and I felt you. I wanted to bring you here, to see if my ability was truly correct, or if I needed more training…

Jonas: Well, ert-

The Master: A Heiho hero, eh?

Jonas: Well, actually, no. Well, I mean,-

The Master: I’m sure you can do something. I mean, you DID feel at least a little powerful.

Jonas: I’m ert…very sorry sir…maybe you misread.

The Master: Why are you so sure you are nothing? Perhaps you have hidden abilities-

Jonas: No. Now sir, I came up here for you to tell me where Celistar’s daughter was, and-

The Master: Well…if I can’t feel your energy correctly, perhaps I don’t truly know where Mario’s daughter is, hmm?

Jonas: Well, I…ert! I’m not going to waste any more time… (With a prompt turn, Jonas leaves, feeling more arrogant then ever. However, the House appears to be floating in the air, and Jonas starts falling. The Master looks down, and sighs.)

(Switch to Celistar’s nightmare. Young Celistar…running…tripping…through the black door…the figure…turning…the face of the mask…argh...so…frustrating…it’s…SO FAMILIAR…something…important…the…figure…”Celistar…you’re d-“…she can’t hear the…rest…and….she turns…MORE…figures…all with the same mask…dark, shadowy bodies…she can feel their hate…and…surprise…and…! The…center…! It’s-It’s-!)

(INSTANT DARKNESS)



TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #23 on: March 28, 2009, 03:13:01 PM »
Today on the Mushroom Kingdom-(And perhaps every Saturday!)-instead of a regular chapter, I'll be posting an "article" which will essentially be an advanced explanation of some part of the story-to make Mario even more realistic. Here's the first.



                                                               ARTICLE 1#: The Pipes
                                                                  By Professor Gadd

                                                                    INTRODUCTION
                                               

The Pipes. The mysterious, mass area of pipes to the far northeast of the Mushroom Kingdom. For centuries, these mysterious objects have affected our art and culture…and history, most famous because of the Krakatoz Massacre. But…what is the cause of these strange pipes? Why do strange organisms come crawling from The Pipes, beasts of indescribable terror? I will attempt to explain to the general public the simplified explanation of this fascinating…and morbid, phenomenon.


                                                                  HISTORY

                                                       Let me begin by entailing the basic history of The Pipes. The earliest known record of The Pipes, is an 8000 year old scroll, called the “Antetzu Schrisus”…roughly translated as “Pipes Many”. It is an ancient description of The Pipes…and of a beast that came out of the Pipes. Described as “A twenty headed-Oni (Or demon)”, the beast rampaged through a nearby village, until a miracle cure (?) was found. The scripture is unclear on the “Cure” (?). There are no more mentions until 5000 years later. (3000 BMA {Before Mario’s Arrival}) A great deal of records suddenly burst forth, describing The Pipes, and culture’s fascination with it. There are many records of explorers entering the pipes, some returning, raving mad, and some never coming back. There would go onto be many more foolish explorers, entering The Pipes. But it would be 540 BMA that would go straight into history books. The Krakatoz Massacre occurred in late summer. A large group of explorers, led by Geraldine Krakatoz, went into the Pipes, to explore, with an old map offered by an anonymous benefactor. Just as they started to enter the pipes, a massive beast, described as a “40 foot long, clawed, massive, red eyed beast. Its arms dripped a yellow mucus, that when touched, gave out the properties of a powerful acid”. Predictably, the beast rampaged, killing nearly all the explorers, and then invading a nearby village. The beast suddenly disappeared. There are many theories on what happened, and EVERY villager had a COMPLETELY different account on what had happened. This would later go on to be known as the “Toz Effect”, a mysterious psychological disorder that affected anyone who encountered a beast from The Pipes. (This, and the different accounts of the villagers, is explored in another my articles, “The Krakatoz Debate”.) And lastly, we must not forget that on 0 BMA, the savior of our kingdom, Mario, crawled out of the Pipes. His appearance is further explored in, “The Origins of Mario”.

                                                                    THE THEORY
                                                               
                                                                 So, you may be asking, what is your theory on all of this? What is it? Well, to say it in the least complicated fashion, The Pipes are a multidimensional hyperflumic portal, an access point to the infinite number of alternate dimensions. Yes. There has been sufficient evidence to prove, that there is indeed, a Multiverse. What is the Multiverse? It is the infinite number of dimensions, that each has their own reality. How does this happen? Here’s an example: Say you flip a coin. At this point, in one universe, the coin lands on heads. In another, it lands on tails. But, with EVERYTHING. Ultimately, The Pipes create a transport to all of the alternate realities of the universes. That is why such terrifying things come from The Pipes.

                                                         HOW?

                                                              And finally, I shall explain the most complex part of this article- the advanced, technical dynamics behind the probabilities of the energy of The Pipes, and the connections of specialized tools that could create a-

                                       (The rest of the page is messily ripped out.)

« Reply #24 on: March 30, 2009, 01:46:59 PM »
                                                        PHASE 17
                                                       Peach’s Wrath

                                                           (Klapra Mountains. Dawn. Wes and Celistar are approaching the western side of the Forever Forest- the Dark Side. Celistar is shivering uncontrollably.)

Wes: Cold mountain air?

Celistar: No. It’s nothing. 

Wes: More of those dreams?

Celistar: …Yes. …Wait, what? I never told you about those!

Wes: …Penter…you were asleep, and he started telling me-

Celistar: Penter…what…telling you my secrets…

Wes: Well, I was about to wake you up, you were rolling over the ground, moaning. It was the night we had just got to the forest…and Penter grabbed me and threw me over…and hoarsely told me to NEVER wake you up when you were like that…I don’t know…

Celistar: …Let’s just not talk about it. (Should I ever tell him that he’s a MOD? I know he knows my secrets, but he doesn’t know I know his secrets…bleh…)

(Silence. The climb down the mountains begins. Peach’s Castle. Peach is on her throne, in a dazed state. Her eyes are staring straight ahead, at a wall. The two guards look nervously at each other.)

Toad Guard: Um, Peach, your highness. I have a question.

Peach: …Yes…?

Toad Guard: Um…where did all of those guards come from last night, I mean, all the ones that came and attacked the crowd…

Peach: We…have…many…guards…to…protect…the…castle.

Toad Guard: Yes…but…there were HUNDREDS. Maybe even a THOUSAND! Why-

Peach: SILENCE SLAVE. THIS CASTLE IS MINE AND MINE ALONE. A THOUSAND TOADS MAY COME, BEFORE I AM SAFE. AND BEFORE MY DAUGHTER RETURNS. I SHALL BURN DOWN THIS KINGDOM IF I MUST. AND YOU WILL NOT QUESTION ME…

(Some kind of strange energy seems to leave Peach’s body, and she lays limp on her throne. The guards stare in terror, and begin violently shaking.)

(It’s the news report the Kingdom Courier, again. It is a different News Reporter, who looks more boring then the previous one.)

Reporter: Tonight, on Kingdom Courier…a strange virus seems to be out breaking in the south eastern most places of the Mushroom Kingdom, near Sub-con. The virus, tentatively known as the “Muscular Hormonal Virus”, only affects baby Toads. But it is not a killer. Instead, it seems to be replicating growth cells in a Toads body, causing these babies to grow much stronger then even adult Toads. This disturbing virus is being labeled as a miracle and a terror, but-

(A TV is turned off. A masked figure moves towards a window, and looks out upon Mushroom City, with binoculars. Far below, in a dark street, another dark figure is lurking…the mysterious serial killer of Mushroom City. The Masked figure quickly runs to a door, and leaves the room, running past Apartment Rooms, and down stairs, and then leaps down the stairs, flying)

Masked Figure: I’ve finally got you, you freak…killing Kooper…your crimes are finally over…

(An open window flashes some light, and a Koopa Shell and wing are shown)

(Bowser’s Castle. A door opens. The figure that opens the door coughs horribly. Inside, Bowser Jr. is violently throwing toys around)

Bowser Jr.: Arrrrgh! Fly Super Koopa! Kill that bad Mario…

(Throws a plastic Koopa figure at a badly made Mario. Bowser Jr. looks up.)

Bowser Jr.: Hey! What are you doing in here? I already told you to get out! No ones allowed in my room, no one-

(The figure coughs some more as it pulls a knife from behind its back. Bowser Jr. stares in shock.)

Bowser Jr.: Da-dad already said no more knives, remember? Don’t you remember what Roy did, that one-

(Screen blacks out. A short scream, with more grisly sounds of knives piercing flesh.)

???: COUGH HACK. My…dear dear, brother. I am so…TERRIBLY…sorry. But you can’t be the heir to the throne…oh you HACK COUGH…idiot. You should’ve screamed for help…that would have been MUCH more interesting…HACK COUGH…

TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #25 on: April 07, 2009, 05:52:22 PM »



                                                                                       PHASE 18
                                                                                     The Darker Side


                                                          (Darkness)

???: EEEEEK!!!

(Crash)

Iggy: Wendy, what are you-

(BAM! CRASH! Tinkle.)

Iggy: Owww! Really Wendy, you’ve got to- (CRASH)

(Light. It’s Bowser’s Throne Room. Wendy, Bowser’s bratty daughter, is running into the room, screaming.)

Wendy: Ki-King Dad! Da-Junior-Junior…

Bowser: OUT WITH IT! Daddy is thinking over important business!

Wendy: But-but-JUNIOR IS DEAD!!!

Bowser: I don’t-wa-what?

Wendy: Buh-Bowser Jr…he’s dead! There’s blood, and, and-

Bowser: …Show me. RIGHT NOW.

Wendy: Come-come on! (Sob)

(Bowser stomps out of room, following Wendy. Scene switch. Wes and Cel are standing in front of an oppressive forest. Their backpack straps are about to snap off.)

Celistar: So…we’re back to the Forever Forest…

Wes: The DARK SIDE. Where tribal Shy Guys stomp around…casting evil witch spells…

Celistar: Yeah, yeah. We can handle that. I can handle it, anyway.

Wes: Hey, I can fight to. (I just don’t like to)

Celistar: Well, whatever. Come on. We’re wasting time.

(They start the hike. Inside, the gloominess swallows everything. Several hours later. There is an evil chanting in the distance. Wes continually swallows)

Celistar: Would you stop that? It’s annoying.

Wes: What?

Celistar: That swallowing! Every few seconds…GULP…GULP…

Wes: Oh, shut up.

Celistar: …

Wes: …

Celistar: …Well, I’m glad you’re not scared of me anymore.

Wes: Uh, what?

Celistar: I don’t think you’d tell me to “Shut up” a few days ago.

Wes: Oh. Yeah.

Celistar: …

Wes: Hey, Cel?

Celistar: What?

Wes: What are you going to do, you know, after you rescue Toadbert? I mean,-

(A bush nearby shakes violently)

Wes: Wah! (He leaps back five feet, right into another bush. Violent shaking)

Wes: Get off of me! Aagh-! COUGH COUGH.

(In the dim background, Celistar can see a Shy Guy dragging something.)

Celistar: Dang it Wes…urrgh…I suppose…

(With a final sigh, Cel runs after the shape. Switch to Jonas, who is now crawling across beach sand. In the background, Mount Shigeru ominously looms.)

Jonas: Ughhh…no-ert-I’ve failed. Celistar is dead. That Koopa killed everybody with the-ert-bomb. I’m stranded…and if I go back…

(He promptly gets up, and shakes his mask.)

Jonas: Well, now…ert. My career is over! I’m…I’m…ert! I’m going home! I’m going back to my village! This wild country stuff is making me…ert…crazy!

(Turns to the east, and sees the Gadd River, blocking his route to Sub-con.)

Jonas: Sigh…ert…looks like I’ll have to find a bridge…

(Jonas starts walking north, to the side of Mt. Shigeru. His voice starts to fade as he gets farther and farther away.)

Jonas: The closest place I know of is Chesim Dam…yet…there…ert…must be somewhere closer, yes…ert…

(Switch to the Peach’s Castle Dungeons. Koopas are everywhere, some struggling, some accepting their fate. There are also protester Toads, screaming in outrage. As a few guards come in, to take a prisoner to torture, a few Koopas attack. The Guards fend off two, and kill the third, who drowns in his own blood. The guards violently grab a random Koopa, and shove him into the Torture Room. It is nowhere near as painful as the Bowser’s Castle Room, but it is still a horrible place. One Toad Guard sits down, opposite the Koopa on a table. The other Guard lines his spear behind the Koopa.)

Corporal: Alright, Koopa. First we’re gonna ask some questions. If you don’t tell us anything, or if we think your lying, we’re going to…help persuade you.

Koopa: You…you don’t scare me.

Corporal: Now, now. Just answer my questions…first…do you know anything about the Yoshi Chiefs murder?

Koopa: What? Yoshi Chief?

Corporal: Okay. Pretend you know nothing. Second…what do you know about the Serial Killer in Mushroom City?

Koopa: I thought you were asking about Mario’s daug-

Spear Guard: (Hits Koopa) Shut up. And answer the [darn] question.

Koopa: Ow…The only thing I’ve heard is that Inspector Kooper was killed…are there more cases?

Corporal: I’M asking the questions. And here’s my last one. Do you know a Koopa named “Wes”?

Koopa: Wes…Wes…I’ve…I’ve heard that name before…It was in the news…something about Bowser…and Wes…

Corporal: That’s good…but I think you were lying about the first two…so…Spear Guard…get the Beak Wrencher out.

Koopa: Wha-what? Wrencher? That’s not even a real word!

Corporal: Shut up! And until you tell me what I want to know…we’re going to keep extending the Beak Wrencher…until your head is ripped off.

Koopa: But-but, I don’t know anything! Oh gods! No! NO! NO! I don’t know-

(Darkness. A horrible scream follows, and shortly after, a ripping sound and a final scream.)


TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #26 on: April 22, 2009, 03:53:39 PM »
                                                                       PHASE 19
                                                                  Kan to the “Rescue”

                                                         (Bowser’s Throne Room. Bowser is sitting, palm covering his face. To say the least, he’s stressed. In comes Hamro.)

Hamro: B-Bowser! The…the first “gun”…it’s done! It’s finished! A slave tried it, and killed himself! It’s a…miracle weapon!

Bowser: (Mumble)…yes…?

Hamro: Um, sir? Are you okay?

Bowser: You didn’t hear? My heir son is dead. The only one of my worthless kids that was WORTH SOMETHING is DEAD.

Hamro: Um…wow.

Bowser: …Urgh. I still have seven more…but who should it go to next…?

Hamro: Well, um, yes. I just wanted to notify you of the guns completion.

Bowser: Wh-what? They’re finished?

Hamro: Um, yes. (I already said that)

Bowser: Finally! Continue. Come back when you’ve made at least a thousand. The invasion of the Mushroom Kingdom begins soon! BWA HA HA HAH HA…heh…ha. (Sigh.)

Hamro: Um, well, yes. They’re almost done with a second, anyway. Goodbye, my great lord.

Bowser: Yes… (Sigh)…

(Hamro leaves.)

Bowser: You. Guards. You may leave. NOW.

(The two guards at Bowser’s side quickly scurry out. Bowser pounds the side of his armrest.)

Bowser: Argghhhh…[darn] IT!

(Switch to Celistar, leaping through Forever Forest, following Wes’s desperate gasps for breath. Cel barely leaps over a root, just to trip over a nearby rock. She lands flat on her face, and scurrying slowly fades into the distance.)

Celistar: Wes…dang it…why did you have to…?

(Cel gets up, and starts to run in the general direction the scurrying disappeared in. Suddenly, she smashes into something, which bounces off with a surprised squeak. Cel falls over, landing in a puddle of mud.)

Celistar: Can this POSSIBLY get worse?

???: Die, Shy Scum!

Celistar: Yow! I’m not a Shy Guy!

(A shadow figure leaps up, holding a long saber. It threateningly swishes it at Celistar, and then stops.)

???: What? You are not…one of those tribal freaks?

Celistar: No! Who the heck are you?

Kan: Ah! I am the great Squeek Lancer, Kan.

Celistar: Kan? KAN? Seriously? What kind of-

Kan: And I suppose your name is better?

Celistar: Well…actually…no.

Kan: What IS your name?

Celistar: Well…Celistar. But just call me Cel.

Kan: Wh-what? Cel-Celistar?

Celistar: Oops! I, uh, no. That’s not my real name.

Kan: No…I know your real name now…amazing. You…Celistar…

Celistar: Please don’t take me back to the castle. Actually…I’m not going back. I don’t need to ask you.

Kan: Wait…what?

Celistar: My mother sent you, didn’t she? Heh, well, she didn’t know I’ve improved my skills, and-

Kan: No, no, no. Be quiet. I honestly have no idea what you are talking about. I am simply here to fight off the Tribal Guys…

Celistar: Yes…but now you know I am alive…AND where I am…and Peach has likely offered a reward for my return.

Kan: No…no, no, no, NO! I have lived in the wild for a long time. I know nothing of the current political situation. I just…your name. It’s-

Wes: Cel…Cel…OW...[darn]it…where are you? Ahh! Stop poking me!

Celistar: Ughhh…Wes. I ALMOST forgot about this whole situation.

Kan: Ah! Is that your friend out there? Captured by Tribal Guys?

Celistar: Well…friend…sort of…

Wes: Ow. Ow. No! Get that off my-URMMPH. MMPHH!

Kan: Must be nearby. I shall rescue him.

Celistar: No. I’m rescuing him. He’s my fri-accomplice.

Kan: Yes, but YOU are a young lady.

Celistar: Oh no, not this again. Do you want to fight, so I can knock some sense into you?

Kan: Now, now, I wouldn’t want to hurt you. Now just wait here...

(Kan quickly jumps away.)

Celistar: Get back here!

(She quickly leaps after him into the darkened forest. Scene switch to alley, in Mushroom City. The Police Toads have arrived. A Paratroopa, his lungs and stomach pulled out through the mouth is the victim. Another car arrives. The second, the Toad gets out, he pukes all over the street. A nearby detective reviews the scene.)

Detective: So…the ninth victim of the “Tearer Serial Murders”…

Nearby Toad: Who made that name up? “Tearer” isn’t even a real word!

Detective: Oh, shut up. Alright…like all victims, the lung and stomach are pulled and torn out of the body, through the mouth…we estimate that the victims die after an hour of being attacked, struggling for an hour in the most painful feeling possible…hmm…


Nearby Police Toad: Sir! We’ve found something!

Detective: Hmm?

(The Police Toad brings over a jagged, solid piece of something; the entire thing is the color white.)

Detective: What…in…the…?

TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #27 on: May 13, 2009, 06:41:27 PM »
                                                                          PHASE 20
                                                                        Tribal Rhythm

                                                        (The Tribal Guy Village. Wes has been tied to a tree. The Tribal Guys have prepared a boiling pot of water.)

Wes: Come on…couldn’t this be one of those times when you treat me like a god…and THEN kill me?

Tribal Guy: GAK! (Pokes Wes in the arm)

Wes: Ow! Ughh…I need to get out of here before they throw me in that pot…my training…my training…what did I learn…

(Switch to right outside village. Kan is hiding in a bush. Celistar comes flying out, nearly landing in the Tribal Guy clearing on accident.)

Kan: Arghhh! What are you doing?!? I told you-

Celistar: I’m not a hopeless princess, you idiot. Besides, being the PRINCESS of the kingdom, I don’t have to take orders from you, now do I?

Kan: Yes, but, um…

Celistar: Shhhh! The Tribal Guys are doing something?

Kan: I, um, urgh…
Celistar: What are they doing?

Kan: Oh…um…it’s their tribal dance. Soon, they are going to kill, and then eat, your Koopa friend.

Celistar: What? What kind of-

Kan: The Tribal Guys have lived alone for thousands of years…they have de-evolved into violent savages…now, do you really want to-

Celistar: That’s it. Time for a rescue mission.

Kan: Please, for your safety, let me…

Celistar: Oh be quiet. Here I…go…?

Kan: Princess Celistar! You can’t base this on luck, you need to be-

Celistar: Ha ha…luck. Funny you should mention that… (She jumps away, into the clearing.)

Kan: Princess! Wait for me!

(Kan barrels right into a Tribal Guy, knocking both of them to the ground. Celistar, meanwhile, is rushing towards the Tribal Dance, where in the center, is Wes. A Tribal Guy notices the intruder, and emits a loud piercing noise through its mouth. The Tribal Guys attack!)

Kan: Princess…gack…you can’t handle them on your own…!

Celistar: I…have to try…

(Kan smacks off the Tribal Guy with his lance, and joins Celistar. Horribly fast, the Tribal Guys surround Cel and Kan.)

Kan: Um…we really should have discussed a plan, first.

Celistar: We can still get out of this…

Wes: (Shouting) Help, Cel! I’m getting rashes!

Celistar: Ughhhh…one thing after another…

(The Tribal Guys begin to close in. Then, black out.)

(Evening. Re-emerge, to Cel, Kan, and Wes all tied to the tree, Cel tied next to Wes, and Kan behind them. The Tribal Guys continue to dance around them.)

Celistar: This is one of those times I’d just like to run away.

Wes: Yeah, I’m pretty sure that’s all what we’d like to do.

Celistar: That’s not what I meant…I mean, one of my…um…rages.

Kan: Ugh. Princess, why didn’t you just stay away? Then you’d be safe…

Wes: Ha! You haven’t seen Cel in action. (Flashback to Mountain Scene.)

Celistar: Yes, yes, whatever. None of that matters now. We need to find a way to get out of this rope…

Kan: Sigh…they took my lance.

(Nearby, a group of Tribal Guys are kicking at the lance.)

Kan: The distress of it all!

Celistar: And, well, I can jump on things…but that doesn’t really help right now…Wes?

Wes: Hm? What?

Celistar: Listen, would you? Do you have anything that could maybe, cut us out of this rope…something sharp, maybe…?

(Celistar starts staring at Wes’s face.)

Wes: No…nothing, I…why are you staring at me like that?

Celistar: Wes…your…um…beak…

Wes: My…

Celistar: It’s sharp, isn’t it? I mean, the edges look sharp…

Wes: Yes…maybe. But...my beak is very fragile, and-

Celistar: We need to get out of here, right? So just start trying to cut the rope, okay?

Wes: F-fine. If I must…

Kan: What’s going on?

Celistar: Wes is cutting at the rope…

Kan: He has a weapon?

Celistar: No, not exactly…

(Snitch! The rope breaks away quietly. The Tribal Guys are too busy dancing to notice.)

Celistar: Okay, don’t move, pretend you’re still tied. And start cutting at my rope…and don’t you dare run away…the forest is filled with deadly creatures.

Wes: Yeah, I know… (Slowly starts rubbing the edge of his beak against the rope.)

Kan: According to my studies…we have three more minutes before the Tribal Guys conclude their dance…and start throwing spears at us, as part of their preparation.

Celistar: Preparation?

Kan: To cook us.

Celistar: Oh. Please hurry up, Wes.

Wes: Ouhi moight croick moi beak.

(Snitch! The rope snaps.)

Kan: Just me, now. Um, guys? You are going to-

Wes: How are we going to cut the rope? The Tribal Guys will see I’m gone…

Kan: No! This is the most frenzied part of their dance. They won’t notice you. Really. Now, please cut the rope…

Wes: (Sigh) why is this happening to me? If I hadn’t gotten into that bar bet…

Celistar: Shh! Quiet! And hurry!

(Wes crawls over, and begins cutting the rope.)    

Kan: I never really thought about how sharp a Koopa’s face was.

Wes: Shot uap.

(The Tribal Guys dance becomes even more frenzied.)

Kan: Faster! Faster!

(Snitch!)

Celistar: Finally! Now, let’s get out of here.

Kan: No! My lance! My soul mate…I can’t leave it here!

Celistar: You’ve got to be kidding. It’s a SWORD!

Kan: No, it’s a lance, and I’m getting it back.

Wes: Well, Cel and I need to leave-

Kan: Yes. Can’t have the princess get hurt.

Celistar: Grr! I’ll get your stupid lance back, by myself!

Wes: What? No! We need to-

Celistar: I’m going to test my luck.

Wes: Luck? LUCK?

Celistar: This will be quick, okay?

Kan: Please, princess, let me do this!

Celistar: (Ignoring) Okay, I need to do a long jump. If I position it well, I will land nearby the sword…where those Tribal Guys are playing…otherwise, I will end up in the center of the Tribal Guys…

Wes: Long jump? Like when Penter wanted you to jump over that river? THAT long jump?

Celistar: Yes, THAT long jump. As I told you, it’s luck…

Wes: Cel…why are you doing this? It’s just some sword. (Kan: LANCE!)

Celistar: I need to prove myself…I feel…like I haven’t been attempting my luck enough.

Wes: Cel, really, I-

Cel: (Stands back, preparing for the long jump.)

Kan: Please, reconsider!

Celistar: Yahhhhh! (Cel leaps at the sword…and lands right next to it, right on top of a Tribal Guy. However, this doesn’t kill it. Instead, it emits a long, low warning sound. Suddenly, all of the Tribal Guys have turned to Cel.)

Cel: Um, uh oh.

(Cel grabs the Tribal Guy, and carries it over her head. She throws it at the other Tribal Guy, who had been playing with the sword. It knocks right into the other Tribal Guys mask, and a green liquid leaks from the behind it. The other Tribal Guys approach. Cel quickly grabs the lance, and starts running towards Wes and Kan, the thirty or so Tribal Guys stampeding after her.)

Wes: Can we run NOW?

Celistar: Hmm…YES.

(Cel throws the lance to Kan, and they start running, in which they think is north. The Tribal Guys follow, hooting and shouting. The sun finally goes down, and the night sky covers, creating darkness.)

TO BE CONTINUED…?


« Reply #28 on: May 29, 2009, 02:14:31 PM »
                                                     PHASE 21
                                                   Desert Arrival

                                            (Bowser’s Castle, Throne Room.)

Bowser: Messenger!

(A small, sleek Koopa runs in.)

Messenger: Yes, King Bowser?

Bowser: Send a message to the Mushroom Kingdom. Tell them we declare war.

Messenger: Um, wouldn’t it be a better idea to prepare a surprise attack?

Bowser: QUIET! …It’s simple, idiot. If we announce war, they’ll prepare themselves, maybe send out an army. Meanwhile, we send a small team around…through the…”Secret Entrance”, and capture the Kingdom…with our new weapon…

Messenger: What a brilliant plan, great King! I shall go to the Mushroom Kingdom!

Bowser: Yes…

(Switch to Cel and Co. They have somehow crawled out of the forest, and are now climbing over a dusty hill.)

Wes: Come ON Cel. You must realize how ridiculous this quest is now.

Celistar: No. We…must…rescue…

Wes: I MIGHT have agreed with you, if we still had Pontor or whatever-his-name-was was still with us.

Celistar: Don’t you think we could make it?

Kan: Where exactly are you pair heading?

Both: (Cel sounding normal, Wes sighing) Bowser’s Castle.

Kan: What? You princess? Going to the castle of great evil?

Celistar: Yes.

Kan: Where people are tortured in the most horrific ways?

Celistar: Yes.

Kan: Where they-

Wes: YES, we get it now. Just be quiet. I mean, we HAVE to go there, and-

Celistar: I thought you weren’t going that far.

Wes: Oh, um, yeah. But the Barren Lands are practically at the castle…

Kan: Why, princess, are you even going there…?

Celistar: I need to rescue somebody-

Wes: Somebody you don’t even KNOW!

Celistar: Shut up. I have to do this…I know I can do this…

Wes: Yeah, that’s just the best reason to do suicide.

Celistar: You really don’t trust me, do you?

Wes: Well, yeah, but…BOWSER’S. CASTLE.

Celistar: (Sigh)

(They finally get to the top of the hill, and find a vast desert.)

Celistar: Shifting Sands Land?

Wes: (Whistle) Ohhhh no! That’s way to the northeast. This is the Dry Dry Desert.

Kan: Dry…Dry…Desert? Where the flesh eating Pokey’s roam? Where the-

Wes: No. No. Just…just be quiet.

(Short silence)

Celistar: Um, Kan? Are…are you just gonna follow us?

Kan: Yes, m’lady. This cowardly Koopa may abandon ye early on, but I must protect you…I’m coming with.

Celistar: Well…whatever…but where are we going to find food in this desert?

Wes: What a random change of thought…

(Scene switch. Bowser’s Castle. Wendy’s Room. Wendy is throwing dolls around and stamping on others. A mysterious figure walks in. Wendy turns around, just as the mysterious figure pulls out a long dagger.)

Wendy: Wha-What are you doing with that? No…you…you were the one-

(The figure stabs down, and Wendy screams loudly. The figure jumps back, and instantly disappears. A guard rushes in, finding Wendy dead, and the room empty.)

Guard: But…I saw…no one left the room…how…

(The guard steps in a puddle of blood, and steps back.)

Guard: First, that mysterious invention came…and then two children of the great King die…I’m…I’m getting out of here…this is getting too freaky for me!

(The Guard runs out. The “Camera” moves into the blood.)

TO BE CONTINUED…?


« Reply #29 on: May 31, 2009, 07:50:51 AM »
                                                                        PHASE 22
                                                                        Desert Heat

                   
                                                        (Peach’s Castle. Peach’s hair is a mess. She has been up all night. Her voice is now hoarse, from screaming all night. A nervous Toad walks in.)

Random Toad: Um, I have a report, Queen Peach.

Peach: Speak…

Random Toad: Well…that bothersome rebellion is growing larger…

Peach: What…rebellion…?

Random Toad: Um…the rebellion against the Koopa capture…

Peach: Why…? Do…they not…understand? Princess Cel…istar captured…by a…Koopa….

Random Toad: Well…they find it…unnecessary…to capture Koopas…and torture them…they believe it’s what separates us from the Koopa Kingdom…and…I think they might be-

Peach: HOW DARE THEY? DO THEY NOT CARE FOR MY DAUGHTER? I WILL…I WILL…

(Peach begins to tear at her face, scratching, blood on her fingernails, running down her fingers and face. The Toad slowly backs away, sweating in terror.)

Peach: TELL THEM…TELL THEM…tell…tell…

(Peach holds her face in her palm, she too is sweating uncontrollably. Suddenly, she looks up.)

Peach: What…a…nice…nap…oh…hello…do you…have something…to report?

Random Toad: No…no…

(Toad runs off, blood still running off Peach’s face. Switch to Dry Dry Desert. Wes and Celistar are sweating, but for altogether different reasons. Kan’s oversized hat covers his entire body. Things are starting to get tense.)

Wes: Where did you get that stupid hat, anyway?

Kan: What stupid hat? The only hat I have is the hat of my family heritage.

Wes: You’ve got to be kidding. That thing is twice the size of you. You should give that to someone who REALLY needs it.

Celistar: Get off it, Wes. He probably needs it the most. He’s the smallest of us…

Wes: He shouldn’t even be with us! He’s wasting the last of the water!

Kan: Ha! I’m here to protect the princess! She won’t be able to survive with a fat turtle like you!

Wes: Fat? FAT? For your information, I trained in the-

Celistar: Whatever you trained in, you still got beaten up and kicked out in a bar. Whatever they trained you in; those other guys were trained in something even better.

Wes: (Growl) that’s how it’s going to be, is it? Ganging up with some stupid mouse…

Kan: Squeek!

Wes: That’s even more pathetic!

(Suddenly, Kan and Wes are both facing each other, stopping in the middle of the desert. Celistar looks like she has a huge headache.)

Kan: Are you insulting my heritage, you KOOPA punk?

Wes: Yes, I am. Have a problem with that?

Kan: Yes, I do. I challenge you to a duel!

Wes: I’ll take it!

Celistar: Stop it! We don’t have time for this!

Kan: My dear princess, he has insulted my heritage. This is unforgivable.

Wes: I have every right to! Ever heard of free speech?

Kan: I thought you came from the Koopa Kingdom! I didn’t know they had free speech!

(Kan draws out his lance)

Wes: I’m a citizen of the Mushroom Kingdom, now!

Kan: Yes, a stowaway!

Wes: That’s it!

(It appears that a fight is about to begin, however Cel jumps right into the middle.)

Celistar: STOP! WE. DON’T. HAVE. TIME. FOR. THIS!

(In the middle of Cel’s crazed fury, her hair has a slight glow to it. Her feet go off the ground a few inches, as well. Kan and Wes both stumble back in surprise. Just as her eyes start to glow, she falls to the ground, and collapses.)

Wes: Cel!

Kan: Princess!

(The screen blacks out as Kan and Wes stand around Cel, who is now unconscious.)

TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #30 on: June 05, 2009, 09:07:21 PM »
Pretty short, but reveals some stuffice...


                                                                                   PHASE 23
                                                                                     Dreams

                                                         (Cel awakes in a strange fantasy world, {Okay, a stranger fantasy world} where everything is at a distorted angle. Oozing out of the floor, Penter pops up, his eyes closed, his mouth twisted downward.)

Penter: Cel. Where have you been? I’ve been looking everywhere for you.

Celistar: P-Penter! I…I…

Penter: Cel…why didn’t you try to find me? I’ve been lost in the woods…I’m starving…I’ve been looking everywhere…for you…

Celistar: I…I didn’t know…I thought...

Penter: You think everything! You always assume! You never look…foolish child…

(Penter falls to the ground, now a grisly skeleton. Cel steps back, right into Wes)

Wes: Cel! Aren’t we friends? Best friends? Friends forever?

Celistar: What???

Wes: Come on Cel. You know I’m better then that stupid mouse. And his hat…his hat is so STUPID!

Celistar: It’s…it’s not that important-

Wes: ALL YOU EVER CARE ABOUT IS THAT STUPID HAT! ALL-

(A giant hat falls on top of him. Kan jumps down, grinning insanely.)

Kan: Princess! This is our chance to kill that dirty, vile, vulgar, weak, licentious-

Celistar: What? But he’s not like that! He’s- (Kan continues talking)

Kan: -quickly! Right behind him; slide the sword slowly into his back, right into his dirty Koopa heart-

Celistar: What-but-

(Suddenly, Peach looms over the whole scene, a reproachful glare aimed at the hat)

Peach: Koopas? They must be killed! And Celistar-what are you doing? We’ve been killing Koopas everywhere, looking for you…of course; they were all guilty of something anyway…

Kan: Ah! My queen! Great, kind, beautiful, gracious, powerful-

(Now rising up, a massive shadow, even higher then Peach…Mario.)

Mario: Cel! My young Cel…wandering with Koopas? They are evil things! They were created…to be KILLED.

(Mario smashes his foot onto the hat; a sickening crunch seems to emanate everywhere. Cel tries not to vomit, but is slowly losing the internal fight.)

Mario: Why aren’t you killing more, Cel? They want to destroy our kingdom, they want-

Cel: NO!

(Cel steps back, turns around, and runs. Through doors, she’s in the castle again…Toads jump back out of the way, she’s running downstairs…into the basement. An insane chanting fills her head; it’s coming from a large door…she slams it open. Inside, a group stands in a circle, chanting ancient words…and they are all wearing masks…of…MARIO. MARIO’s face adorns the masks, golden and solid. In the center, a bright light is forming.)

Cel: What…When…Why…

(A masked figure turns.)

Masked Figure: Celistar…ha ha…just like your father…but…even younger…yes…

Cel: What-what are you talking about?

Masked Figure: Cel…don’t try to run…this is you’re… (Sneers) destiny.

Cel: No! Get away from me!

(The Masked Figures quickly circle Cel, the light following them. It soon embraces Cel, swallowing her into an infinite fire. She suddenly starts falling, a strange feeling all around her. She finds to herself that she is not screaming…and this is more surprising than anything else to her.)

TO BE CONTINUED…?


« Reply #31 on: June 06, 2009, 04:20:58 PM »
Also Important, but Short.                                                     

                                                        PHASE 24
                                                       Desert Travel

                                                     (The heat is incredible. It is burning Cel’s skin. Sweat is everywhere. Cel suddenly realizes that she is still in the Dry Dry Desert…she is still on an insane mission…she is still hiding from her own kingdom and government…she is still-)

Kan: She’s…she’s opened her eyes! Get over here you stupid turtle!

Wes: (Glares for a second, but quickly runs over) Cel…Cel? Cellllll!

Celistar: Get off! (She gets up; sweat continually pouring down her face.) How…How long have I been asleep?

Kan: Princess…it must’ve been…been four hours now…hasn’t it?

Wes: Yeah. Not too long. Otherwise, we would’ve abandoned you. (Kan glares) It’s called a joke!

Kan: This is no time for joking…we have to continue towards that infernal Koopa Kastle.

Celistar: How close are we now, Wes?

Wes: Too close for comfort. …Well, about another three miles.

Celistar: WHAT? We’re that close?

Wes: Well, actually, that’ll get us to the Barren Lands…and then about another day’s travel to Koopa Kastle.

Celistar: Oh. Well, we better start now, then.

Wes: Yes…

(They start walking in silence. The hot sun slowly starts to lower.)

Celistar: (Sweating furiously now.)

Wes: Um, I’ve got to tell you, I’ve traveled this route, and as long as we continue in this direction…we’ll hit an oasis.

Celistar: You’ve traveled this way before?

Wes: Yeah… (Wes looks down, so Cel stops talking.)

(More Silence.)

Wes: Hey…Cel.

Celistar: What.

Wes: What…are you going to do after all of this is over?

Celistar: Over?

Wes: Yeah. Let’s say everything actually works. You break into Bowser’s Castle, save Toadbert, maybe deplete the amount of soldiers there…and escape. Safely. What then?

Celistar: Oh…um…I guess I’ll get Toadbert back to the castle…and then…they’ll know I’m back…I…maybe I’ll just stay quiet for awhile, until Bowser attacks. (Or maybe find Penter?)

Kan: What! Princess! You can’t! It’s too dangerous to fight Bowser! It’s-

Cel: I have Mario’s blood in me. I am his daughter. And-

(Cel looks at Wes. She thinks of being a MOD. She thinks of Wes being a MOD as well. She knows that there is more in store for her then simply saving Toadbert. But can she tell Wes yet? His destiny?)

(Kan and Wes watch Cel)

Wes: Yes?

(Cel quickly looks down.)

Celistar: Never mind.

(Wes stares for awhile.)

Wes: Cel…do…do you remember what happened right before you…collapsed?

Cel: Yes. You wouldn’t stop arguing, and it just must have been the sun…I couldn’t stand the heat. Why?

Wes: Well…you…um…never mind.

(Cel glowers for a bit, but the walk simply continues, until they spot the oasis in the distance. Switch to Mushroom City. Two Toads’ are walking side by side through a dark alley. They are looking for Koopa’s that are hiding, to capture them, and get a reward from the government. However, something much different is lurking there. The Toad on the right suddenly screams, as a dark figure leaps on him, and a long, sticky tongue shoots out…right into the victim’s mouth. The other Toad stumbles back. His face whiter then the cap on his head.)

Toad: No…oh spirits…no…it’s…it’s a YOSHI. (The Toad nearly trips back, but turns and runs. The sound of organs being ripped out through the mouth sounds through the alleyway. The Toad runs to the Castle…he has to tell the Royal Guard…quickly…but the claws of insanity scratch at his head…)

TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #32 on: June 07, 2009, 05:11:58 PM »
                                                                              PHASE 25
                                                                             Dungeon Duo

                                                         (Bowser’s messenger scurries through Mushroom City, the night hiding him in dark shadows along the walls. He leaps into Toad Town, and continues to hide around corners, making sure not to get caught by the Toads crawling around the village. He has heard the rumors from rouge Koopa’s. He has to get to Peach’s Castle-and leave a written message. He’s almost there. He runs forward, prepared to climb the walls, when he’s knocked back. A Toad Guard steps out from the shadows. The messenger is surrounded by Toad Guards.)

Toad Guard: You’re surrounded, Koopa. Follow us…or we’ll kill you now.

Messenger: No! Wait! I have a…message for the que-

Toad Guard: Don’t speak her name, filth! (The Toad Guard stabs at the messenger, knocking him down) Now come with us…

(The Toad Guards behind him kick at his legs, forcing him forward, into the dark, gloomy, castle. Switch to the desert oasis. It is morning. Cel and the rest are getting ready to go.)

Celistar: How many of those coconuts have we filled up now?

Kan: About 15…it should be enough…

Wes: It will. The Barren Lands aren’t hot…they’re simply barren and lifeless…no one really knows why…

Cel: Hm. Well, according to your estimate, if we start walking now…

Wes: We’ll reach the Lava Ring by night. I have no idea how you think you’re going to get over that.

Cel: Have to try…

(They start walking. As they finally see the beginning of the Barren Lands, a Pokey spins out of the ground. All three jump back. Kan draws out his lance.)

Kan: Aha! Some practice for my lance!

(Before Wes interrupts with a smart comment, or before Cel can insist she tries it, Kan leaps at the Pokey, and stabs at it. However, it deflects right off the Pokey. The Lance lands a few feet away.)

Kan: What! You-!

Cel: Wait…I want to try something. Wes…get into your shell.

Wes: What?

Cel: I said, get into your shell.

Wes: Um, why?

Cel: Just do it! I want to try something!

Wes: I don’t-

(But Wes starts to get into the shell, but as he’s doing it, Cel picks it up, and flings it at the Pokey. It knocks it apart, and some loose guts land on the ground. Wes jumps up.)

Wes: WHAT THE HELL. I…that was…

Celistar: Oh, stop whining.

Wes: We…we could’ve just walked around, but-but-and that thing…what if it had been harder than my shell…

Celistar: But it hadn’t…just barely enough…how lucky…

Wes: Yeah, how lucky! If it-

Kan: Come on, let’s go. (Kan has got his lance again.) We want to get to the Lava Ring as quickly as possible, right?

Wes: Yeah…yeah… (Wes looks at the ground, sighs deeply, and looks up, to see the Cel and Kan walking several feet away.) Wait!

(Wes runs after them and the scene switches, to Peach’s Castle. The crazed Toad who had seen Yoshi pounds at the massive door, screaming at the top of his lungs. Finally, the door slams open, and an angry Toad Guard frowns at him.)

Toad Guard: What the hell are you screaming about?

Toad: I know…I KNOW!  Who…who…

Toad Guard 2: What’s going on Larry?

Toad Guard (Larry): This crazy idiot has been screaming out here for who knows how long.

Toad: HE KILLED MY FRIEND RIGHT IN FRONT OF ME. I KNOW-

Toad Guard 2: Eh, better throw him in the dungeon?

Toad Guard (Larry): Yeah. Come with us.

Toad: IT’S A YOSHI…YOSHI! YOSHI! YOSHI!

Toad Guard 2: Shut up! (Stabs him forward)

Toad Guard (Larry): As if we didn’t have a problem enough with Koopas, we have to deal with nut jobs like you. (He stuffs a gag into the crazed Toad’s mouth.)

(The loud shrieking becomes a muffled moaning. The Toad is kicked into the darkness of the castle.)


                                    TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #33 on: June 14, 2009, 06:34:13 AM »
I want to give a big farewell before I dissapear for another summer without computer access...>:(...BTW, I have a Title Picture on the first post. It's at the bottom, beacause I can't figure out how to get it at the top(And the Picture button yields a X).


                                                         PHASE 26
                                                     Castle Infiltration

                                                      (Bowser’s Castle. Bowser is high on a balcony looking out at the dreary landscape. A massive moat of lave encircles the Castle, and beyond that, a seemingly endless landscape of dead ground. Somewhere in the misty distance, a mysterious light glows out of the darkness. It is Koopa City. But that is not what Bowser is looking for. He looks out at the south, waiting for a certain group to appear. But-)

Koopa Soldier: King Bowser sir!

Bowser: (Swings around) What now?

Koopa Soldier: Well…your son, Iggy…he was found dea-

Bowser: GRAGGH! I HAVEN’T EVEN STARTED THE BLOODY FUNERALS FOR THE FIRST TWO. IT’S ALL A WASTE OF MONEY AND TIME.

Koopa Soldier: Um, yes, well-

Bowser: IS THAT ALL YOU’VE COME FOR? GET OUT!

(Bowser practically kicks the Koopa back through a door, a loud crash is heard.)

Bowser: I don’t have time for this…they’ll be arriving any moment now…

(Bowser continues to look out from the balcony, into the mists…however futile it seems. Another Koopa Soldier appears from behind. He whispers something to Bowser, and Bowser almost jumps. He quickly follows the Koopa Soldier, and the scene turns back to the mists, and it moves forward quickly into it. Cel, Wes, and Kan are critically near the castle. From out of the mists, Koopa Kastle emerges, along with the monstrous lava moat.)

Celistar: We did it. We’re here! We’re finally here!

Wes: …

Kan: You’re still thinking of going in there, princess?

Cel: Yes! It’s my fault Toadbert was captured.

Wes: (Sigh) so, now you have to tell us your brilliant plan on getting in…and over…the Lava Ring.

Kan: Well, yes, I am rather curious myself, now.

Cel: Um…well…

(Cel looks over the other side. A long drawbridge is upright…controlled by a nearby system. The Guard is sleeping…)

Cel: (Takes a deep breath) I…have to jump over the ring…

Kan: What?

Celistar: I have to jump over the Lava Ring…and lower the drawbridge for you two…if you are coming?

Wes: Wuh, well, wait, what? You can’t jump over the Lava Ring, and-

Kan: Well, princess, if it was possible, I’d come with you, but-

Cel: It’s time to go.

Wes: But, but, Cel! You can’t jump over that lava moat! It must be twice the length of that one river...and you know how that turned out…

(Flashback of Cel barely touching the other side, and barely getting up {With some “help”})

Wes: And besides, THIS will KILL YOU. Your skin will MELT OFF. You will die screaming-

Celistar: Oh, shut up. I’m doing this.

Kan: No, princess! I beg you, you must-

(Cel stands back and prepares to jump. Wes turns away, and shakes his head. Kan watches in futility. And she jumps…over the Lava Ring…and lands on the dust on the other side.)

Kan: What…you…

Wes: I-(Wes turns around, and almost falls over.)-You…survived…I-

Cel: Yes…

(Without warning, a large wall of fire bursts out of the lava ring, going twenty feet in the air. It falls back in, with a splash. Kan chokes.)

Kan: If I had finished my sentence earlier…and you had waited…and jumped…and…

Cel: Eh, it probably would’ve happened five seconds after that too…it’s all luck.

Kan: What-but-

(Cel sneaks over to the guard, and tries to punch him in the back of the head. It hurts her arm, but the guard falls over, unconscious. Cel and shrugs, and, without caution, pulls down the drawbridge with a switch. Wes and Kan run over, Wes with a slight hesitation. They enter the dark castle, Kan drawing out his lance. Switch to Bowser’s Castle, dining hall. The table is covered with massive amounts of food. Bowser sits down, grabs a meaty leg of something, and rips a juicy bite out. From the doorway, four of five of Bowser’s surviving children enter, Larry, Morton, Roy, and Lemmy, and also sit down. Following are a few of Bowser’s captains.)

Bowser: (Looks around.) Where…is Ludwig?

Morton: He was in his room, King Dad. Talking to himself.

Bowser: GRAGH! Get him in here! For today, we must celebrate…Maeras?

(Maeras is a Lakitu Captain, Captain of the Air Fleets.)

Maeras: Yes?

Bowser: You have ordered all your troops into the Back Fields, correct?

Maeras: Yes, sir. And Hamro has also put them there. And of course, Be-

Bowser: Quiet. I know the other ones have fulfilled my desires. It’s just…you, Maeras…you seem…

(The door slams open, and Ludwig runs in, carrying a large tray of tea. He grins sheepishly.)

Ludwig: Sorry, King Dad…I wanted to make something…special, for the invention of our new weapon…

(Scene switch, to another part of Bowser’s Castle, earlier. Cel, Kan, and Wes are walking through a hallway.)

Celistar: Wes, you’ve-

Wes: Shh, quieter! Yes?

Celistar: Ahem, Wes, you’ve been here before, right?

Wes: Yes, once…

Celistar: Do you know where the dungeons, are?

Wes: Yes, this hallway… (They turn into a darker hallway.)

Kan: You know, you would think there would be more…guards…around here?

Wes: Yes, it is rather strange…oh, here we are…

(They arrive at a dark door. Everyone-even Kan, takes a deep breath.)

Cel: This…may be the end of our journey…perhaps…

Wes: Move!

(Wes shoves Cel and Kan in, and closes the door. Outside, the shuffling of quick feet and the sound of clinking tea cups sound. Wes breathes a sigh of relief.)

Wes: Okay…

(All of them turn towards the cold, stone stairs, which turn endlessly downwards, into the darkness…)

(Scene switch. Peach’s Castle. Outside. The dark monstrous figure, Yoshi, creeps across the yard, towards the massive doors. Inside, it can smell flesh similar to the one who rode him long ago…a female…Yoshi clambers towards the door, the smell of meat urging him on…)

                                                 TO BE CONTINUED…


                                                                   PHASE 27
                                                                 Castle Escape

                                                                (Bowser’s Castle. Dining Hall. Everyone is eating. Bowser ignores the fact that Hamro, his Hammer Bro Land Captain, is still missing. Bowser, thirsty after a large chunk of meat, sloshes down the drink Ludwig concocted.)

Bowser: (Looks up.) Come on! It’s time we celebrated! The weapons are complete! And this drink…what do you call it, Lud?

Ludwig: Veritamort.

Bowser: Yes indeed! Everyone, have a drink!

(Trying not to hesitate, everyone in the room takes a drink. A silence follows, everyone looking around nervously. Ludwig backs away, near the door. Nobody seems to notice, a strange dreamy feeling hitting them all. But then…)

Bowser: Ludwig…you…you did something…to this drink…urgh…

Ludwig: Yes, father. Yes. All of you…heh heh…you’ve all drunk a strong poison.

(Everyone’s neck snaps up. Iggy starts violently coughing, along with a few captains. Bowser gets up.)

Bowser: LUD…wig…what have you done to…to...this…DRINK?

Ludwig: Ha…ha…hezzz…Dad…I’ve told you…I’ve poisoned it. And-

(Bowser starts to stomp towards him, but Ludwig draws out a gun…the only gun made…in fact, the one that killed Mario. Bowser freezes.)

Ludwig: My simple, short plan worked. None of the guns are finished father. All the troops have stopped working on it right now, to be in the Back Area…instead of guarding you, because YOU ordered it, because YOU thought the guns were finished…you thought the troops had them, ready to attack the Mushroom Kingdom.

Bowser: But…but… that Koopa…he told me…

Ludwig: HA! A lie…he worked for me. In fact, everyone on my side is not in this room…I have only poisoned those that would oppose me…

Bowser: But why did you kill Bowser Jr. and Wendy and Iggy first?

Ludwig: Because…I knew Bowser Jr. was the toughest of us…he fought Mario the most…I knew the poison wouldn’t kill him…and Wendy…she was the first to BJ’s crime scene…she knew that he had been stabbed to death…and she later accidently wandered into my room, and saw a knife…so I had to kill her later.

Bowser: And…Iggy?

Ludwig: I…wanted to kill something…watch it’s blood spill…

Bowser: GRAGGH YOU-(Ludwig points up the gun.)

Ludwig: Don’t. Move.

Bowser: What’s the point? I’m going to die anyway!

Ludwig: But…I have an antidote. (Ludwig holds up a vial full of purple liquid.) I may save you…if you promise to let me rule…and be my slave. Of course, I will make sure you won’t be able to kill me…a few drops of the antidote will save you, but make you weak.

Bowser: GRAGH! Never…I won’t let you…rule…I am-

Ludwig: Fine. I’m sick of listening to your voice, anyway.

(With a flick of his wrist, he fires the gun, straight at Bowser’s face. A flood of blood splashes out of the hole in his head. He falls to the ground, the blood spilling all over his body. Larry chokes.)

Ludwig: Now then…anyone else wish to serve me?

(Surprisingly, everyone stays quiet, but then Lemmy walks forward, head down. Ludwig smiles.)

Ludwig: I always knew you were my smartest brother.

(He taps a few drops of the liquid into Lemmy’s mouth, and a large amount into himself, enough to kill the poison completely. He turns.)

Ludwig: Anyone else wish to live?

(Nobody looks up. Roy growls.)

Ludwig: Okay. (Ludwig shoots the five generals present. And then turns to his brothers.) For all the misery you gave me, I will let you die a slow painful death, from the poison. Enjoy your last moments of life.

(Ludwig shuts the door, let’s Lemmy out, and locks the door. The Koopalings fall to the ground, and wither in misery and pain, except for Roy, who stands up defiantly.)

(Cut to the Castle Dungeon, about when Ludwig enters the Dining Room. Cel, Wes, and Kan have reached the bottom of the steps.)

Celistar: Okay…so-

Wes: Just follow me.

Celistar: Okay, but…why were you even in Koopa Kastle the first time?

Wes: Because I’m a Koopa. And-

Toadbert: HELP. OH SPIRITS. HELP. HELP! CELISTAR!

Celistar: Toadbert! He’s…he’s alive…I knew it. Come…C’mon!

(Cel runs ahead. Wes quickly follows. But Kan stops.)

Kan: Wait…how does he know you’re here?

(But he also quickly runs after Cel and Wes, coming right around the corner. In the middle of a large chamber, Toadbert is tied around the waist. Cel runs to him, and starts to untie the ropes. Wes stops right inside the room.)

Wes: Wait! Cel! Something’s wrong…something’s…

(A wall of fire bursts out of the ground, right behind of Wes, he falls forward, just as Kan arrives. Kan is blocked from Cel and Wes. Inside the room, the wall of fire circles the entire room. Cel continues to untie Toadbert, but now more desperately. Finally she finishes…but a figure drops from the ceiling…it’s Hamro.)

Hamro: So…this is Celistar…daughter of the superstar, Mario…

Celistar: Who…are you?

Toadbert: Cel! He made me call your name, he-YOU!

(Toadbert runs back, towards Wes.)

Hamro: Ah, Wes! You’ve finished your mission…you’ve brought Celistar here, to me. As Bowser rewards me, I will reward you greatly.

Celistar: What? Wes…?

Wes: No…no! I’m Cel’s…friend now, I’m not…

Hamro: Don’t try to make her feel better…

Celistar: You…you lured me here?

Wes: No! I-

Hamro: Yes. You went to that bar…it was lucky that you even met. Wes was starting to chicken out…right before a bar fight started…and Wes was tossed out, and beaten…

Wes: But…I’m on Cel’s side now…I’m...I don’t work for Bowser! We’re…friends! I will not join you, I’ll-

Hamro: Oh no…poor Wes he must be sick. You need some SLEEP… (Hamro throws an expertly tossed hammer, and it hits Wes on the head. He falls back, and faints. Toadbert jumps back.)

Cel: You…I…Wes…Toadbert… (Cel looks back. She doesn’t know what to think right now. It looks like Wes was a spy at first…but he…

(Out of the corner of her eye, she sees Hamro pull back an arm, and she barely falls out of the way, to the ground. The hammer goes flying into the fire, where it explodes. Hamro laughs.)

Hamro: Once I kill you, nothing can stop the great Koopa Kingdom! Not even-

(Cel spins with her leg out, knocking Hamro to the ground. She jumps up, as Hamro throws a Hammer upwards. It hits her left knee cap. However, she gets a kick in, kicking Hamro square in the face. However, he grabs her leg, and pulls her down, as he gets up. He throws a hammer down, right at Cel’s face. She rolls out of the way. He jams a foot down right where her gut was. She rolls backwards, and leaps up, punching Hamro right in the face. He flies back, right into the stone wall. He crumples to the ground, his legs broken. Cel walks up.)

Celistar: I don’t know where Wes stands, but I know…you deserve to die.

(Hamro grins crookedly.)

Hamro: Fine. Kill me. But I’ll be a martyr. I almost stopped the great Cel from...

(But Cel isn’t listening. She turns back. The fire wall has died down. Kan rushes out, but Cel stops him.)

Celistar: Don’t kill him. He will live the rest of his life with broken legs. Let him lay there, until he is rescued.

(Kan stares, but nods. He saw the fight. Now he understands. Cel helps Toadbert up. She turns to Wes. He is still unconscious.)

Celistar: Kan. Take Wes. We need to get out of here.

Kan: But-

Celistar: JUST TAKE HIM. JUST…

(Cel pauses, and starts up the stairs, helping Toadbert. They get to the top, Kan carrying Wes. They get to the massive Front Door, and are about to exit when-)

Ludwig: Stop.

(Cel turns slowly, Kan turns as well. Ludwig is pointing a gun at Cel’s forehead.)

Ludwig: So. Cel…her amazing…hehhzzz…rescue mission, coming to an end…but she didn’t count on…an actual ENCOUNTER.

Celistar: Actually, I just fought someone called Hamro.

Ludwig: Haha! But you were lucky! All the troops are in the back. If it was like it actually is…with the troops all over the castle…you wouldn’t have even gotten past the Lava Ring.

Celistar: …

Ludwig: Now then, with one press of my finger, the final threat to my new kingdom will be gone, and nothing will stop me. The world will be mine. The Mushroom Kingdom. THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM WILL BE MINE. Goodbye, daughter of Mari-

(THUNK. It is a dry, punching sound. Ludwig stares dreamily, and then falls. Behind him, Roy stands, his hand balled into a fist. He grins, and falls over dead. Ludwig is not dead, however. Cel stares, and backs away.)

Celistar: Let’s…let’s get out of here.

(Cel, Kan, and Toadbert run out, breathing heavily. They cross the drawbridge. They start walking across the dreary landscape. Kan is about to ask what they are going to do, when the sounds of a helicopter sound from the sky. The group looks up fearfully. But it is a Mushroom Copter. It lands, and a few Toad’s rush out, as well as Toadiko. She rushes to Cel.)

Toadiko: Princess! You…you are alive! Thank goodness…we were…looking everywhere…we-

Celistar: How did you know we were here? How-

(A gruff voice sounds from the copter)

Toad: Get them in here. It’s time to go. That Koopa and Toad need to be treated.

Toad 2: But a Koopa-

Toad: I don’t care what she says. That Koopa needs help…besides…we aren’t in the Mushroom Kingdom, right now.

(Toadiko smiles, and helps Toadbert in. Kan drops Wes in, and climbs into the copter. Cel stares behind her thoughtfully, and then gets into copter. It rises into the sky, and then silently heads to the east, into the rising sun.)

                                             END OF TOADBERT SAGA
                                             TO BE CONTINUED…?
« Last Edit: June 14, 2009, 07:49:28 AM by Nintendoobsessed »

« Reply #34 on: July 19, 2009, 10:51:35 AM »
(Finally)                                                                                   

                                                                                      PHASE 28
                                                                           A Sickening Tongue Twister


                                                             
                                                             (The Sun is rising in the sky, over a lone castle on a hill. Beneath lays Toad Town, and beyond that is Mushroom City. Even farther away is the Forever Forest. The land seems to lie in a state of gentle beauty. But-)

Toad Guard: Run! No! No-ARGHHHHH!

(Screams echo through Peach’s Castle. What looks like a gentle landscape on the outside, on the inside is a grisly bloodbath. Peach’s Castle is under attack. But not by Koopas. Nor Shy Guys. No, instead, a green monster roams through, killing his victims in a most disturbing fashion…ripping the lungs, heart, and stomach through the mouth. What beast could commit such horrid crimes? What could possibly-?)

Toad Guard 2: YOSHI! WHY ARE YOU DOING THIS? WHY IS-

(A scream interrupts his question. His friend has become Yoshi’s latest victim. His friend dies a painful death, of internal bleeding, a loss of a heart, and drowning in his own blood. Toad Guard 2 cries out, and falls to the floor, in pure terror. From a balcony overlooking the main foyer, a Toad watches. It has become apparent to the Toad that this is the same being that killed the Yoshi Chief. The pieces were starting to come together. Could this Yoshi have killed Mario-? No. The pieces are still shattered. Mario was killed by a strange weapon…not by a tongue. The Toad shakes his head…and gaining common sense again, runs away in fear. Three floors above, in her own room, Queen Peach is oblivious to the chaos going on in her own castle. She starts laughing to herself for no apparent reason. The Toad Guards near her throne have started to hear the strange screaming noises going on below…but the Queens orders are not to move. They sigh, and look down, waiting for Bowser to come and steal the Queen again, while they pointlessly try to protect her. I mean, who else could it be…?)

(Far away, flying over the Forever Forest is a lone Helicopter. Inside is a strange group. The famous Toad intellect, Toadbert lays on a collapsible bed, breathing desperately as he tries to tell the princess of the Mushroom Kingdom, Princess Celistar what happened in Koopa Kastle. Nearby, a Squeek named Kan leans against the wall, watching Cel, while also keeping an eye on a Koopa, Wes, who is unconscious from a hit to the head by a hammer. A worried Toad, Toadiko, sits in the corner, watching Toadbert to make sure he is okay, while Toad Doctors rush around, trying to help Wes and Toadbert.)

Celistar: Wait…so you told them the only way into the castle?

Toadbert: No! No! It was…I was…I pretend I was insane. A torturer tried to give me something to fix my insanity, to tell the truth…but I wasn’t insane anyway…what I told them was a lie…the passage I told them of was blocked as well…heh heh.

Celistar: Then…but why did they keep you alive?

Toadbert: Actually…I don’t know…

Toadiko: What’s important is that you’re safe!

Toad 2: Hey, uh, what are we going to do with this Koopa when we get to the Castle? I mean…now that…

Toadiko: Well…we can keep him in here. Then drop him off in Tropix City. I doubt he’d want to go back to the Koopa Kingdom…

Toad: Maybe we should turn him into Peach’s Castle…

Toadiko: No! That-

Toad Pilot: Ey’! Make up yer minds! We’re almost to the Castle!

Celistar: Wow. It took us almost two weeks…

Toadiko: What were you even doing out there, Princess? It’s so dangerous…

Celistar: I already told you. I had to rescue Toadbert…

Toad: Eh, you should’ve left it to the Toad Guard.

Celistar: The Toad Guard! They can’t do anything!

Toad 2: We found you, didn’t we?

Celistar: How did you do that anyway? Hire another Shy Guy? (Sarcastic)

Wes: (Croaking) they are Heihos…

Kan: You! You dirty fiend! Awake! Tricking the princess…!

Wes: No…really, it wasn’t…

Kan: I should kill you now! I-

Cel: Be quiet Kan. Wes just tell me your side of this.

Toadbert: No, princess! The Squeek is right! That Koopa-

Cel: Just…shut up. Just say what you have to say Wes. This might be your only chance.

Wes: Yes…thank you…well…part of what Hamro said was true…I was supposed to lure you to the Castle…and trap you. But…I got too scared in the end. I didn’t want to do it. I thought you’d figure me out…kill me…I was supposed to meet you in Peach’s Castle…and convince you to save Toadbert…but instead, by an insane chance, I ended up going to a bar…getting thrown out and beaten…right when you and Penter were passing by. I could’ve gotten thrown out when you didn’t pass, or maybe you’d have passed at all, or most of all, you’d never even get out of the Castle. But you did…and Penter saved me…and I decided to try again. Get you to the Castle. So we went. But when Penter…disappeared…I wasn’t sure again, and told you I’d leave when we got to the Barren Lands. But…by then…I was starting to…like you. Like friends…so I stayed…and…that’s it…really…-

Toadbert: No! No, it isn’t! You-you were the servant of one of Bowser’s sons, what…what was his name…

Wes: (Sigh) Ludwig. Yes…I was a servant. We weren’t exactly friends…and when I refused to take part in his ridiculous plot…he looked for a way to get rid of me…without too much suspicion…he sent me on this quest…for even if I did manage to survive getting you to the Koopa Kastle, you’d almost certainly kill me when you found out I was a traitor there…

Celistar: …

Wes: Please, forgive me Cel. I didn’t even want to work for Bowser. They force us into the army at ten years old…and the things they show us to make us hate the Mushroom Kingdom…you don’t even know the kind of darkness the Mushroom Kingdom holds.

Celistar: I don’t know…I-

Toad Pilot: We’re here!

(The copter lands and the door opens. Cel steps out, and stretches her hands above her head. A few Toads’ get out, as well as Toadiko. Kan also jumps out.)

Toadiko: Aren’t you at least a little bit happy to be home, Princess?

Cel: Well…y-

(CRASH! High above, the stained glass window of Peach shatters, and a Toad’s head falls to the ground with a disturbing SPLAT, right in front of Toadiko and Cel. Toadiko looks queasy. Cel looks up determinedly.)

Celistar: Here we go.

(Cel runs for the Castle door. Kan runs after. The Toads simply stare in shock. Cel runs in, and up the grand stairs. When she gets to the second floor, she starts to hear the screams…now two floors above…right outside Peach’s room. Cel runs faster, jumping over dead Toad bodies. Kan has to zigzag, as he can’t jump high enough to get over the bodies. Cel runs up another set of stairs, through another room, and another set of stairs…the screams grow steadily louder. More bodies than ever. A set of doors wide open. Running in, and-)

(Peach’s Throne Room. Peach sits on her throne, her fingernails creepily long, and her hands lying over the side of her throne. She grins manically. Below her, two toad bodies lie, their organs lying on top of them. The Toad bodies are right in front of the most shocking part of the entire scene-Yoshi, THE Yoshi, his green skin mixed in a grisly red, dripping down his body. A pool of blood lies all around the scene. Peach looks straight at Cel. Her grin grows even longer.)

Peach: HEE HEE. CEL. YOU’VE RETURNED. HEE HEE.

Cel: Mother…what the hell…

(Behind Cel, Kan rushes in, his lance drawn out. He stops, shocked as well.)

Peach: HEE HEE. IS THAT YOUR FRIEND, MY LITTLE GIRL? HEE HEE.

Cel: Mother…what the hell is wrong with you…what’s going on…why is…?

(Yoshi had set his eyes on Peach, but now he turns to Cel, his blood encrusted mouth opens and closes a few times as if trying to talk. A drop of blood drools out. And then Yoshi starts running. Cel stands shocked, and tries to back away, but she’s frozen. She doesn’t know why…she’s not scared…maybe she is…her mother’s insane…there is no way around it…)

(But as Cel as standing staring in a chaos of emotions, Peach leaps off her throne, in a incredible example of strength.)

Peach: HEE HEE. YOSHI. HEE HEE. THAT’S MY LITTLE GIRL. SHE’S MY MEAL, NOT YOURRRSS…HEE HEEEEEE…

(Peach leaps at Yoshi, and grabs the beast’s neck. Yoshi struggles, and kicks Peach in the stomach. Peach laughs, and tightens her hands, causing Yoshi to struggle further. He twists around, and Peach unleashes a hand…to stab her fingernails into Yoshi’s eyes. Yoshi shrieks out, and unleashes his tongue, right into Peach’s laughing mouth. Peach gags violently, but then grabs Yoshi’s head, and digs her fingernails into his brain. Yoshi screeches, and Peach laughs. Yoshi’s tongue drags out of Peach’s body, bringing out a plethora of organs. Peach violently rips out her fingernails, and falls to the ground, in a new pool of blood-her pool of blood. Yoshi falls to-but struggles and wiggles for a few moments, massive amounts of blood spilling out of his head. He finally dies, his blood merging with Peach’s. Cel stares in sickening horror…and then runs. She runs past the bodies, she jumps through the window, ignoring Kan’s calls of protest. She flies, along with the glass, cutting her. She falls into the moat, one inch farther, and she would have broken her neck on the side of the moat…she doesn’t even think about how lucky this is…instead she swims out…and runs. Down the hill…through Toad Town…past a Goomba, shouting about equal rights, past a Doogan complaining about Shy Guys…into the City…through the streets, into a back alley…and soon, she has no idea where she’s running to…just…somewhere else…

                                                   TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #35 on: August 20, 2009, 09:27:27 AM »
Sorry. I'm a lazy person.

   
                                                                                            PHASE 29
                                                                                      Dark Contemplation

                                                               (A Bar. A cheap, dirty bar, the same Wes was thrown out of, with nothing but a few stools and a serving table. Cel is staring at the top of the table, feeling sick. She ran for too long. And she’s felt for too long. The Server, an old Toad, is getting angry at the strange girl sitting with her head down. She is wasting serving space. He ignores the fact that there are only three people in the bar, the girl, him, and the odd figure wearing a cloak over his head. From the way the cloak cloth shifts, the figure is continually looking at the girl. The Bar Server shakes his head. Probably the killer everyone’s talking about. Looking for his next victim. It’s the not the servers problem. He’s had a bad day. Wouldn’t want to get on that guy’s bad side, anyway.)

???(Cloaked): Having a bad day, eh?

(Cel turns slowly, to stare at the figure. His cloak is obscenely dirty. She turns, and continues to stare at the tabletop.)

???(Cloaked): Aren’t you too young to be here?

Celistar: Shut up…and…and…get lost. Just-

(She swears that she remember saying that before. Oh yes…about three weeks ago…when-)

???(Cloaked): Did someone die?

(Cel turns slowly, much like a robot)

Celistar: Actually…YES. Someone DID die. Just about everyone I really knew. My father. My mother. The only people left are a lying Koopa and a mouse with a weird attitude. Oh yes, and a friend died too. Some Toad. BLOWN UP. Just…just…BLOWN TO DUST! Heh heh…

(Cel smiles crazily for a bit, as the figure reaches to take off his cloak.)

???(Cloaked): Are you sure he was blown up? Are you…

(The figure throws off the cloak. Underneath is a Toad with a scar…and now with a burn mark on the left side of his head.)

Penter: …sure?

(Far Away, in the distant, eastern land of Sub-Con, land of the Shy Guys, in between a large set of mountains, lays a small village…or, LAID a small village. Now, there is a field of dust, with pieces of burnt wood sticking out of the depressing landscape. Nothing moves there now…except for a figure on the very edge. Only the figures outline can be seen. )

???: What…ert…has happened here???

(The figure falls to the ground on its knees, staring at the tragedy. He has nothing more to say. Someone…or SOMETHING has stolen the words out of his mouth. But someone else has plenty to say…a television news program-the Kingdom Courier.)

Reporter: Today…on the Kingdom Courier…Queen Peach…found dead in her own castle, along with a Yoshi body. It appears that the mysterious serial killer has assassinated our kind Queen…this means that government now falls to…Princess Celistar. Once she finds a prince, she can become a Que-

(The program is turned off. It’s another power outage.)

Penter: A lot has happened, after we left, Cel. We’re halfway through fall. You probably didn’t notice while you were in those hot, northwestern lands. Also, a serial killer has been raging through our city…but you now know it was Yoshi…and your mother…or I mean, the Queen…has created…an interesting law…

(Penter frowns thoughtfully, as Cel looks around the city.)

Celistar: You know what’s strange…I don’t see any Koopas anymore…

(Penter closes his eyes.)

Penter: That…was the law. All the Koopas would be taken to the Castle Dungeons…and tortured for information about your whereabouts. Ever since they spotted Wes with us…

Celistar: Did…I…just…hear…what…

Penter: Cel…something happened to your mother, when that plane crashed. Something happened…to her mind.

Celistar: What are you saying…?

Penter: Cel…I know something happened to your mother…it might be hard to accept…but-

Celistar: OKAY. You want to know the truth about it? My mother…the QUEEN, said some very strange things, okay! And…and she killed Yoshi, too! Are you happy? She even said I was her meal! Is this funny enough yet?

Penter: No, Cel. That’s not what I wanted. I just wanted you to know…and accept…that…we are living…in darker times.

Cel: ...Yeah. Everyone’s dying.

Penter: No…something doesn’t feel right. Things seem…more…TWISTED…then in your father’s time. Something…dark…is going on.

Cel: What, darker then Bowser’s attacks?

Penter: Yes…darker then…Smithy…something truly bizarre is going on.

Cel: …

Penter: …I just wanted you to know what I was…thinking. Anyway…did you tell Wes…about…you know?

Cel: …No. I was going to tell him…but…there was never really any opportune time…

Penter: That’s…okay. I don’t think he would’ve believed you anyway.

Celistar: I didn’t believe you either…until things…got weird.

Penter: Heh heh. It was the same with your father…

Celistar: Yes…my father…that dream…

Penter: Hm…what? Did you say…dream?

Celistar: Yes…so?

Penter: What…what kind of dream? With your father?

Celistar: It…was…nothing.

Penter: Cel…sometimes, the spiritual world can be even more important than the real world. If…

Celistar: Really, it was nothing. Just…forget about it.

(Penter looks at her for awhile…but decides not to push any farther. Instead he stares off in another direction.)

Celistar: We’re heading back to the castle, aren’t we?

Penter: You can’t go and hide again, Cel. Your real life is waiting…

                                           TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #36 on: September 25, 2009, 05:36:59 PM »
YES I'M LAZY, AND YES I'M LOSING SKILL.

                                                                                              PHASE 30
                                                                                         Library Adventure

                                    (Cel is sitting on a high throne, below her, Toads scream and cheer. “Princess! Princess!” The cheering gives her a headache. Outside, Mario’s replacement, a fat Toad, rolls down a hill, into a vat of mustard. The Kingdom is doomed. Already, an Airship appears, and fires from cannons, giant mushrooms with Mario’s face. As soon as they hit the ground, they bounce everywhere, laughing hysterically. One knocks over the vat of mustard, and the fat toad rolls out, right when another Mario Mushroom falls into the Toad’s mouth, choking him. The Toad screams, and vomits out the mushroom.  A rush of blood falls out of his mouth. An airship crashes right into the castle; and a shattered window pierces Kan, splitting him into bloody pieces. Cel runs through the crowd, and trips on her own dress, falling onto her face. Wes helps her up, kicks her in the face, making her fall, and then grabs her arm and fully pulls her up. She barely gets out of the castle when it blows up, Toad bodies go flying and a bucket of relish flies into the sky as well, it has an M on it, but as it falls over, it changes to a W. The relish lands on Cel’s head…too bad it’s actually thick acid. She falls to the ground, refusing to scream and then-)

(Cel wakes up. It was the same ridiculous dream she had had every night for the past three days. Except this time, the Mario-stars had become mushrooms. Was this dream something special-or random trash? Probably the latter. Cel gets up and looks into a mirror. Her hair is messed up again, from the dream. She doesn’t bother to fix it. Then she WOULD look like a princess. Cel looks out the window. Outside, the front grounds are clear…the last of the imprisoned. Cel wasn’t sure what was more disturbing. Seeing Mushroom Kingdom citizens running out screaming…or the thought that her mother had created this. Cel sighed. She had bigger problems to worry about…the weapon…what caused Yoshi to go insane…what to do with Kan and Wes…now that Cel thought about it, she was surprised that she had recovered so fast from her mother’s death…they weren’t exactly close…but shouldn’t she have still…cared more? Sure she ran crazily…but after learning that Penter was alive…she didn’t really seem to care anymore…)

(Cel throws some clothes on, and runs downstairs, ready for another bothersome day…oh look, here’s someone…)

Toad: Que-Princess Celistar! There is a peasant family waiting for your blessing! They-

Celistar: Just give them some gold! I’m busy!

Toad: But…um…

Cel: (Let’s see…who’s next to bother me…oh yes, Wes.)

Wes: Once again, thank you so much, for letting me stay, and please, I’m really-

Cel: YES! Whatever! I forgive you! Okay?!? Now I’m busy!

(Wes stares after her. Cel continues running, past more Toads {Why aren’t you wearing your royal dress?} until she reaches the Royal Library. Making sure nobody sees her; she slips in, and starts to rest. Nobody would expect her in the Library. They knew she was adventuresome…why would she go in the Library…but then…voices…Cel quickly hides behind a bookcase. She just wants to be by herself. But curious to see what the voices are, she quickly looks around the side. It’s a school class, visiting the castle…Cel finds that odd, considering that a large amount of crazed people were running out from the front of the castle…)

Teacher: …right here. See, we are just a tiny part of the large world…

Student 1: Ooh! Ooh! (Student raises hand)

Teacher: Yes?

Student 1: What…what’s off the edge of the map…I mean…what’s north of the…the…”Desert Wastes”…and what’s south of…

Teacher: Interesting question. North of the Desert Wastes…are more desert wastes…there’s nothing else…it goes on forever and ever. It is the same with the other borders. To the North-west is an endless expanse of Lava…South-East, an endless expanse of dream matter…to-

Student 2: (Yawn)

Teacher: Okay, Ryan. Since you seem to know about the geography of the world, why don’t you tell me what the three “Greater Kingdoms” are in our world?

Ryan: Uh…um…The Mushroom Kingdom.

Teacher: That’s one.

Ryan: Uh…er…

Student 1:  Ooh! Ooh!

Teacher: Do you know, Joey?

Joey: Yes! The other two are the Koopa Kingdom, and Sub-Con.

Teacher: Good! Honestly Ryan, you didn’t even include the Koopa Kingdom.

Ryan: Well…but Sub-Con…Sub-Con doesn’t even have Kingdom in its name!

Teacher: While it’s true that Sub-Con isn’t actually a Kingdom (It’s a Revolving Government), it is still recognized as the third largest government in the known world…and it’s easier to call them all Kingdoms. But honestly Ryan…now then, who can tell me about the four “Lesser Kingdoms”?

Joey: Ooh! Ooh!

Cel: (Sigh) they’re probably going to be here all day…now then…!

(Cel spots a window right behind her.)

Cel: Spirits know I need some fun.

(Cel opens the window, and starts to climb through. Behind her, the class group spots her.)

Teacher: Oh look! It’s Princess Celistar, of our fair Kingdom…climbing through a…window.

Celistar: Oh great.

(She says this to both the fact that the students have seen her…and that fall to the roof below is about eight feet. And she lands on her knee.)

Celistar: Ouch…[darn].

(Cel quickly gets up, runs, and jumps off the roof, landing smoothly into the moat water. She climbs out…sopping wet...onto the back lawn…right in front of Penter, who’s looking down disapprovingly.)

Penter: Celistar…I don’t know what to think. Perhaps I showed you too much of the world when we took our trip…honestly Cel…you can’t keep doing stuff like this.

Celistar: Don’t talk to me like that. (She gets up.) You’re the one who told me to test my luck and crap like that.

Penter: Yeah, well this is just plain idiocy. You are the princess of the Mushroom Kingdom…you are a representative of our way of life…AND our ruler and you’re-

Celistar: Look, I don’t want to be the ruler. You’ve struck me with this plague…called “Adventure”…I can’t get rid of it now…I want to go somewhere else now…

Penter: Cel…you are the princess, and future queen, and-

Celistar: Grr…Mario never had this problem! Mario…

Penter: No, Cel. He had that problem…more then you’ll ever realize.

(Cel snorts loudly, and starts to walk away.)

Celistar: Tell those obsessive that I’m just going to Toad Town…

Penter: WAIT! Don’t tell me you’re going to see those rallies that are going on…

Celistar: The discrimination rallies?

Penter: Please Celistar…I know you are strong…and lucky…but they are turning more and more violent every day. People are starting to die!

Celistar: Better sort that out then... (Cel starts running down the hill.)

Penter: No…blast it all! …At least let me come with you!

(Penter runs after her…just as, five days earlier then predicted…it begins to snow…)

                                            TO BE CONTINUED…?




« Reply #37 on: October 09, 2009, 06:50:24 PM »
                                                             PHASE 31
                                                             Death Rise



                                                            (A chilly wind blows through Toad Town, as snow falls from the distant sky. Many Toads are heading home, hoping to get warm by fires. Yet others are heading towards the center, where a lively protest is sending out shockwaves of promised violence…)

Celistar: I swear Penter, you’ve changed…you’re more like this mouse…

Penter: Kan?

Celistar: How do you know him!? Kan’s been out on the eastern border...(insisting on guard duty…)

Penter: Wes told me about him.

Celistar: You’ve been talking with WES?

Penter: Yes. He told me everything about your adventure after I...was washed away…Cel…I’m sure you can trust him…his aura…it’s a force of good…

Celistar: You know how weird you sound right now? Do you honestly-

Penter: Everyone has an aura…some are just fainter then others…

Celistar: And how are YOU able to sense them?

Penter: Something…terrible happened…

Celistar: Something…terrible…?

Penter: It’s-LOOK OUT!

(Cel leaps out of the way, just as a flashing Bob-omb flies past her head, hits the stony ground, and explodes, sending pieces of stone and earth flying, a stone smashes into Penter’s leg, sending him to the ground.)

Celistar: What the hell was that?!?

(She then spots the nearby crowd, a mixture of Koopa’s, Goomba’s, and a few Shy Guys. They all seem to be circling around a single figure…but he seems to be too short to be seen…)

Celistar: That’s…that’s not a rally! It’s a freakin’ mob!

(Penter struggles up, leaning on his uninjured leg.)

Penter: Do you see the sense of this now? Let’s go back.

Celistar: No. We definitely need to put a halt to this. Why did they throw a bob-omb at us anyway?

Penter: Its part of their…demonstration…throwing bob-ombs all over the place…

Celistar: What kind of-?

Penter: Apparently, it’s part of their rally…to show their power…that they’re more than just weak nobodies…people still follow after that old stereo-type your father set up…I think many people have forgotten just how powerful Koopa’s can be…

Celistar: Whatever. (Cel walks right towards the crowd.) Move it! Who’s leading this?

Penter: Cel!

(Cel pushes through the crowd, knocking Koopas and Shy Guys out of the way. Goomba’s instinctively back away. Penter follows after, apologizing profusely…until he walks right into Cel, who’s stopped. She’s found the center. However, two Koopas shove her back.)

Celistar: Hey…ow!

Koopa: No one touches Zerek!

Celistar: That…Goomba?!? …Ouch! Get off!

(Cel elbows the Koopas in their faces, knocking them back. The crowd backs away slightly.)

Random Shy Guy: Hey…wait a second! That’s…that’s the princess!

Knocked-back Koopa: No she’s not! It’s some street punk who needs to be-

Celistar: Shut up! I’m not here to fight. I just want you to stop your…demonstrations! People could get hurt…with you throwing Bob-ombs everywhere!

Zerek: That’s what we’re trying to do.

Celistar: What?!?

(Zerek steps forward, to the dismay of his bodyguards.)

Zerek: Yes…you’re definitely the princess…and I’m going to tell you…the Toad’s of this town are discriminating against us…and we’re sick of it. So, we’re going to make sure they know what they’re dealing with…

Celistar: Look, I’m sure you’re having an unfair time, but-

Zerek: We want justice, and we want it NOW!

(The crowd starts to throb with an excited malice.)

Crowd: (Chanting) We want justice, and we want it NOW!

Celistar: C-Calm down!

Penter: Princess, you really should’ve left this to the Royal Guards…

Crowd: WE WANT JUSTICE, AND WE WANT IT NOW!

Celistar: How can this mob follow this one Goomba-

Zerek: Capture them! We can use them as ransom!

Celistar: Just try!

(The crowd quickly encircles around Cel and Penter.)

Cel: We…we have to fight them off!

Penter: Cel! We can’t fight a whole mob!

Cel: Heh…heh (Weak laughter) You admit it’s a mob.

Penter: Uh oh…here they come!

Cel: Don’t…worry. We can handle them!

(Cel immediately punches a Shy Guy, spins around, and picks up a Goomba, throwing it into a Koopa. Soon, a huge fight has started. Cel jumps, punches, and spins around, while Penter ducks and punches. But after ten minutes…)

Celistar: (While continuing to fight) [darn] it…Penter! Aren’t there any guards around?

Penter: They probably can’t see us in the middle of this…and if they just see the mob…they won’t want to get into the fight…

Celistar: What kind of state is the kingdom falling to…?

Penter: Just…keep…fighting…

Cel: They’re not even trying to capture us anymore…they just want us dead…

Penter: We have to…break through…the-

(Penter doesn’t get a chance to finish. A Shy Guy smashes a club against the back of his head. Penter falls to the ground, unconscious.)

Cel: Penter!

(The Shy Guy grins in a grisly glee, and begins thrashing Penter with his club.)

Cel: Stop that!

(Cel runs at the Shy Guy and punches it in the back of the head. It falls to the ground. Just as Cel runs to Penter, another, unseen creature grabs her by the hair, and yanks her back. But Cel doesn’t struggle. She’s grown limp…her eyes have gained a yellow glow…her hair almost seems to snap away from the hands…and starts to float upward in the air…and now her feet are several inches off the ground. The crowd stares in amazement, as, in the back, Zerek sneaks away with several Koopas.)

Random Goomba: What…the…hell?

(Cel rises even farther in the air, and the crowd starts to back away. Almost instantaneously, an explosion of yellow light shoots out from all over Cel…and then…she looks down…her mind is back…but now, it is slightly twisted, into a malicious form.)

Celistar: You...will pay for what you have done…

(The crowd starts to run away, several people screaming. Cel raises a hand…and a shining ball of light slowly forms in her hand. She then lowers it…and a massive ray of power bursts out of her hand, blasting away a large part of the crowd. However, it also causes a house to explode, causing rubble to fall from the sky. Cel begins to form another ball…but her body violently quivers…and she falls to the ground…next to Penter, both of them unconscious. The crowd is too scared to go near now…they run away, into the snow covered streets. Already, the snow has begun to pile up on Cel…and Penter’s…bodies…

                                              TO BE CONTINUED…



« Reply #38 on: October 13, 2009, 05:00:37 PM »
Update! The second saga becomes more clear...

                                                                                  PHASE 32
                                                                      Dawn of the Second Horizon


                                                             (Cel…running through the castle…but…)

Celistar: I’m…I’m sick of this! I…hate this dream! I want-

???: It doesn’t matter what you want, Cel.

(From out of the sinister shadows of the castle, a cloaked man sneaks out…or he tries to. But he’s right in front of Cel.)

Celistar: I can see you. Don’t…don’t even try to sneak away.

???: I know. I know you can see me. All the better. I couldn’t hide forever.

(The figure fully stands up…it’s one of the ten same characters in her dreams…cloaked…and with a eldritch Mario mask covering their faces.)

Celistar: Who are you…who are your friends…why do you wear my father’s face on your masks?

(The character spins around Cel, silently, with perfect ease.)

???: Cel…if I answered your questions…you’d just have more. And more. And more. And more. And more. AND MORE. AND MORE. AND MORE.

(Six more of the figures appear, around Cel, continually chanting. Cel closes her eyes, and leaps out at the original figure. It doesn’t react. She smashes into it, and its mask flies off, falling into an endless gloom. Cel opens her eyes…and sees the face of the masked one.)

Celistar: …Penter?!?

Penter: I’m sorry Cel…I should have told you. I was the one who killed your father. I stabbed him through the face…over and over.

Celistar: You…no! He was…hit…by that…weapon…

Penter: Hee hee hee.

Celistar: This…this is just…

(The other six figures circle around Penter and Cel. They spin around, faster and faster.)

Penter: Hee hee hee.

Celistar: What’s…what’s that noise…?

(From nowhere in particular, a loud, piercing screaming noise comes from nowhere. It grows louder, and louder.)

Celistar: Stop it…stop it! STOP THAT NOISE!

(Cel rises in the air…and then explodes into a cloud of smoke. Everything else melts.)

Wes: Cel…Cel! Wake up. Wake up!

Penter: Quiet Wes! I told you…she has to-

(Cel instantly snaps up…a crazed look in her eyes. Wes jumps back in surprise. Kan, who was leaning on a pillar in the back, looks up, surprised. Penter just frowns.)

Penter: -sleep.

Wes: Cel…are you okay?

Celistar: Yes…I’m…just great. Penter…what happened?

Penter: … (Sigh) Some guards found us…buried in snow. I’d say we were…very lucky. They carried us back…but Cel…there is a strange rumor spreading throughout Toad Town…that…

Celistar: …Yes?

Penter: …Nothing. Just…strange rumors…

Cel: …

Kan: Thank goodness you are awake. I was worried after hearing about that mob…

Wes: Already, many of the Royal Guard have gone out in search of this “Zerek”…and his mob.

Cel: That’s…wait. Kan…I thought you were out on the eastern border…?

Kan: Er…yes. I took an airship back when I heard of the mob…I wasn’t sure if you’d be okay this…time.

Cel: … (Annoyed)

Kan: But actually, there was this strange fellow asking for Princess Celistar of the Mushroom Kingdom…

Cel: Who…? (Cel leaps out of the bed.)

Kan: Don’t be so hasty! I told him you’d be ready tomorrow…

Cel: No. I was getting bored…maybe…

Wes: Cel…you’re not talking about another…

Penter: Cel, be serious, it’s just some unimportant…Ahh! Come back!

(Cel runs out. Kan and Wes run after. Penter sighs after a moment, and then comes after. Celistar runs right into the waiting figure.)

???: ERT!!!

Cel: Ow!

(Both fall to the ground. Predictably, Celistar gets up first.)

Celistar: Oh, I’m sorry, I-!!! You?!?

Jonas: Yes, Princess. For one, fateful week, I was hired by the, ert, previous queen to find you. Everyone thought you would probably…ert…die…but instead, it was the queen who perished…ert.

Celistar: Yes…I saw you…right before that…bomb…went off…

(Suddenly, Wes and Kan rush in, and stop right before crashing into Cel. Jonas steps back in surprise.)

Jonas: You! You’re that…ert…Koopa!

Wes: Who…me? Why…you’re…that Shy Guy!

Jonas: Heiho…Yes, well, ert, no matter, I have to come to request assistance from you, princess…

Kan: Wait wait wait. What makes you think the PRINCESS of the MUSHROOM Kingdom would help a single Shy Guy?

Jonas: …Heiho…Because Sub-Con is in dire need of help…ert.

Celistar: What’s…going on?

(Penter, who had been listening most of the time steps out of the shadows.)

Penter: Wait Cel! Whatever that Heiho is going to say, Sub-Con is an entirely different kingdom from ours. The situation is probably dangerous, and after what happened RIGHT in the middle of Toad Town…

Celistar: Something happened to you Penter…you’re…too protective…now. You were right before…I have some kind of strange power…and I need to use it. Now tell me what is happening, Jonas.

Penter: …

Jonas: Thank you, Princess Celistar. As you may know, Sub-Con is, ert, not truly a Kingdom…but actually a Revolving Government. Every 10 years, the group ruling…ert…Sub-Con, switches with another group. Since most of the politics with the groups are the same, there is usually no problem…but now, a strange, ert, disturbing group has appeared from nowhere. A group proclaiming themselves as the Blood Mask Clan. They have been ravishing Sub-Con, forcing Heihos and immigrants into their clan by force. Since they are still, ert, similar to a small army, they have only been targeting small villages. It is easier to recruit villagers, and then also easier to, ert, burn the villages down. I came back to my Village of Blue River, to find it totally ravished. At this, ert, rate, the Blood Mask Clan will likely be able to start to take on the cities of Sub-Con easily. And they will surely be able to force the current government leaders, the Aite-Bitt Group, from their place. Please…

Celistar: Sub-Con…

Penter: Cel, you can’t! You’re the princess of the-

Jonas: Please…once the Blood Mask Clan takes over, their next target will likely be Sarasaland…after that, they will attempt to overthrow the Mushroom…ert…Kingdom. I wouldn’t have asked you, ert, but I know…and have heard, that you are strongest in your Kingdom, ert.

Celistar: I…

Penter: Please Cel…

Celistar: Penter…Sub-Con needs help…perhaps my help…perhaps someone else’s…but I have to try…

Kan: …

Celistar: That’s it. I’m leaving in two days.

Penter: What-!

Jonas: Thank you, ert, Princess! You will need a guide, and I-

Celistar: But-

Jonas: I…know a few fighting skills. I was chosen as your, ert, rescuer, after all.

Wes: Cel…I have to renew your trust in me…I’m going to come with you.

Penter: Cel…

(Evening hits. Outside, the snow blows in a chilly fury…)

                                             TO BE CONTINUED…


« Reply #39 on: November 26, 2009, 06:51:59 PM »
                                                                ARTICLE 2
                                                           The Old Storybook


                                                           (Midnight. Cel gets out of bed. Outside, the wind continues to howl, threatening to uproot trees. Cel walks downstairs, and into the main hall. No one is there. Everyone is asleep...including the two guards of the door. Cel walks into the library. There are no lights on. By clear memory alone, Cel walks along an aisle…into a corner of the library. Sitting down against a shelf, she pulls a book out of it, and takes a flashlight from her pocket…)

                                                           “A long, long time ago, when the world was young, no one lived in the land, except for simple creatures, creatures that could not think for themselves, and could not communicate. But then, upon the eastern sea, a ship seemed to rise out of the water, a ship that had traveled from a far away land. The ship was filled with all manners of creatures…Toad, Koopa, Heiho, Goomba, Human, and others…

                                                            They came upon the land, with cloaks woven with unknown material. Their stance was sacred. The land they walked upon was blessed with a magical fortune. Even more, a destined fortune. And after them came more of their kind…and they took the land for themselves. They made the world theirs. But the groups split up, and they each went their own way. The Toads took the great Central Land, and the Koopas took the Western Crafted Land, and the Heihos took the Eastern Mystic Land. The North and the South was agreed to be split into pieces, so that everyone had a fair piece, of where they had docked after their journey, and the south, for its future importance. The other creatures spread themselves among the Kingdoms. Everyone shared and was happy.

                                                           The End.”

                                                      (Cel stared at the last sentence for a long time. She closed her eyes and shut the book, and walked away.)


« Reply #40 on: November 27, 2009, 08:16:24 PM »
                                                       PHASE 33
                                                  Strange Awakening



                                           

Cel: Get up. Come on. It’s time to go.

Wes: Whazz-?

Cel: You wanted to come right? I’m leaving. Now.

Wes: But…we’re leaving in two…days…

Cel: That was a lie. Penter won’t be able to stop us if he doesn’t know we leave tonight.

Wes: Stop…wait, what?

Cel: Come on, we’ve got to get that Shy Guy…

Wes: (Isn’t it Heiho?) And, uh, Kan?

Cel: Yeah. Yeah, you go wake him up. And meet me in the Great Hall.

Wes: Er…okay.

Cel: And stay QUIET.

(Cel swiftly turns, and disappears into the darkness. Wes stares after her, and then hurries on his way.)

Wes: She…sure has changed…

(Wes walks down a hall, and then into Kan’s room. But Kan isn’t asleep. A light is on, and he’s sitting on the bed…)

Wes: Ah! Uh, you surprised me. I thought you’d be asleep…

Kan: No. I can’t sleep. …What do you want?

Wes: Oh…Cel is leaving with that Heiho…and me. We’re leaving tonight, and since you’re pretty strong…

Kan: I’m not coming.

Wes: Why?

Kan: I can’t tell you. I can’t tell anyone, but I can’t go to Sub-Con.

Wes: You’ve been on the border, GUARDING the border, and-

Kan: Yes, but I will not go deep into the jungles of Sub-Con. I will not climb waterfalls, with falling, tumbling logs. I will not, and cannot.

Wes: But, but-

Kan: Leave…and tell Celistar I’m sorry. I will find Zerek while she is gone. I will make the Mushroom Kingdom safe again…

(Wes leaves Kan talking to himself. Wes sighs, and walks down a huge staircase. Cel is looking towards the door. Jonas looks tired, but nervous (like most of the time). Cel turns around abruptly, and frowns.)

Celistar: Where’s…?

Wes: He uh…said he couldn’t come…

 Celistar: What?

Wes: He said he won’t come…and then he told me to leave.

Celistar: Okay…Fine. We can’t wait for anyone…Time to go.

(They all leave through the door. From a corner, Kan watches in silence.)

Kan: Good luck…Cel…

(Outside the castle. A little after midnight.)

Celistar: This time, I head east…

Jonas: Ert…yes. Well, southeast…

Celistar: Let’s get down this hill, and then-

Wes: Wait,wait,wait! We don’t have any supplies! We can’t just wander into the jungles of Sub-Con without-

Celistar: We’re not going to take anything. It’s…part of…my…training…

Wes: What?

Celistar: It doesn’t matter, it’s just-

Wes: It DOES matter! We NEED to eat! We NEED to drink! We can’t-

Jonas: What…ert…Wes says is true, we can’t just-

Cel: Whatever we find that is free…we can take. You can come if you want to, or not, Wes. But I’m leaving now.

Wes: I…I…Cel…gah…I’m coming, I’m coming…

(They travel down the hill, Jonas staying quiet. Far off, in the southern distance, the snow covered grass shakes violently…and the creator of the new weapon treks across the snow…from an unknown place, to an unknown destination…)

(Far to the northwest, lies Koopa City…within is chaos...Koopas and various other creatures run around, gunshots, car crashes, bob-ombs thrown everywhere. Inside a building, deep underground, something awakens. Its eyes open, and it frowns thoughtfully. Another being, a Koopa, walks in, and gasps.)

Koopa Professor: You’ve…awakened?

???: Ahhh…

(The being steps out of its tube, mucus-like liquids dripping off of it.)

???: Ahhh…the air…I forgot its taste…

Koopa Professor: You…you’re Malpix?

Malpix: Mmm…yes. It…has been 80 years?

Koopa Professor: Yes…ahh…we had forgotten…

Malpix: Forgotten? Of my awakening? How could you…forget?

Koopa Professor: There…have been things…happening.

Malpix: So important…that I was forgotten?

Koopa Professor: The…Koopa King, Bowser, has been mysteriously killed, and various political parties are fighting for the throne…there is chaos everywhere.

Malpix: Bowser…? Is he a son of Kajck?

Koopa Professor: No…he was the grandson of Kajck, son of Morton…

Malpix: How…what is happening? Why are the Koopa Kings dying so soon…? Take me out of here. Take me to the castle. I shall sort these things out.

Koopa Professor: Our reports indicate that it is much too dangerous to-

Malpix: Your reports do not matter. My purpose is about to bloom into a black, poisonous flower…

(The Koopa-like creature starts to lurch towards the open doors, breathing with difficulty. His hooked hands scratching the stone wall…)


                                                TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #41 on: November 28, 2009, 03:44:58 AM »
Great story. I can't wait to find out what that mysterious trance thing is that Cel does (that thing where she rises off the ground and her hair changes colors..)
Kinopio is the ultimate video game character! Who else can drive a kart, host parties, play tennis, give good advice and items, and is almost always happy??

« Reply #42 on: November 28, 2009, 11:57:46 AM »
Great story. I can't wait to find out what that mysterious trance thing is that Cel does (that thing where she rises off the ground and her hair changes colors..)

Thank you! I was wondering if people were reading this...

                                                                 PHASE 34
                                                         A Vicious Piece of Mind


                                                               
                                                             (From a great distance, the Shivering Mountains stood out as a brown, jagged background. But in reality, much of the higher parts of the mountain were a freezing landscape that would chill the bone. Fortunately, travelers did not have to cross the higher parts of the mountains…they could cross through the DK Pass, which despite popular belief, stood for Dalka Krai…)

Wes: Oh no. What is THAT in the distance?

Jonas: Erm, ah. Those are the Shivering Mountains. They cover much of the western part of Sub-Con, and provide a natural border with the Mushroom Kingdom.

Wes: Shivering?

Celistar: Yeah, it’s probably cold.

Jonas: Ah, only the top is cold. The rest of it is just rough, erm, rock.

Wes: We’re going to have to climb over a mountain? Can’t we go AROUND?

Jonas: Ah, no. If we attempted to go around the, erm, south, we would have to cross the Glare Desert, which is much too deadly. The heat is only rivaled by, erm, northern Sarasaland. And traveling to the north of the mountians would take much too long.

Wes: Climbing a mountain will be quicker?

Jonas: No, but we can take DK Pass. It cuts right through the mountains, and crosses over into the Otapuku Meadows.

Wes: Oh.

Celistar: So stop complaining.

Wes: …

Jonas: Erm…Princess Celistar…you seem to be in a rather bad, erm, mood…

Celistar: It’s not a bad mood. I’m just starting to see things more clearly now.

Jonas: …Ah, anyway, we’ll first need to get across the Melkor Hills, and the Pass is to the southeast.

Cel: Yes. We can stop by old E.Gadd’s place on the way there.

Wes: Ah! We could get an airship there…

Cel: He stopped building those years ago, ever since the Bel-Nierra Wars.

Jonas: Erm, I’m not sure if that’s true, I saw some in erm, Toad Town…

Cel: Some people build illegal mini-airships.

Jonas: Ah, oh…

Celistar: In any point, Elvin can give us some supplies…

Wes: Taking back your decision, eh?

Celistar: (Sigh)…

(The sun rises, and nearly ten miles away, Mushroom Castle shines in the morning light…yet…)

Penter: Where…are…THEY?

Toad Guard: I’m sorry sir; the princess, the Koopa, and the cloaked being are gone.

Penter: Is there no trace of them?

Toad Guard 2: No sir. I saw them all talking yesterday, but I didn’t know…

Penter: Urgh…you…idiot…!

(hatedeathkillcutdownsliceriptearshredkillstab)

Penter: I…!...!!!

(stabkillshredtearripslicedowncutkilldeathhate)

Penter: Murgh…!!!

Toad Guard: Um, sir? Are you okay?

Penter: I…I…yes. Yes. No…no problems. Find her immediately. Question the people in town, and…

Toad Guard 2: Sir…there was another with them that is now missing…the mouse…Kan…I believe…he was called…

(A third Toad Guard appears)

Toad Guard 3: Kan? The Squeek? He left an hour ago. He headed west…

Penter: West…? West…

(SHREDTEARKILLSLICERIPCUTDOWNEKAKDJI)

Penter: AH…!

Toad Guard 2: Sir?

Penter: GET OUT OF MY FACE! Find that [darn] mouse and torture him until he says something! If he says he knows nothing, torture him until he dies! And send another group after that princess!

Toad Guard: Sir, I’m sorry, but I don’t know if you are truly in the correct rank to make these orders-

Penter: DO YOU KNOW NOTHING? With the queen and the princess gone, I am in authority as the King’s Advisor (or I was…)…now find them!

(The Toad Guards, although highly suspicious, leave quickly. Penter falls back…into the throne…and faints away into a dream.)

(It is an odd dream. In it, Penter wakes up in the Forever Forest, next to a river. He is burned from some kind of explosion. He crawls along into the woods, and slowly manages to get up. He heads east, unsure of where he is going, forgetting that he should be finding Princess Celistar. Instead he finds a cave. A warm blow of air is coming from it. Penter crawls inside. Indeed, it is warm, but he is not alone. Some other odd presence inhabits the cave. But it may not be a physical one. Penter crawls in deeper. The air gets warmer…)

                                     TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #43 on: January 15, 2010, 08:12:51 PM »
                                                                             PHASE 35                                                                                                                                                                                  
                                                                            Ancient Evils             

 

(It was a nice enough day. The clouds seemed a little higher, and the sun was shining through the clouds. But something was about to change it entirely for Professor Kalbierd…)

(Kalbierd was experimenting with the properties of the element Niexbium when the scientist burst in, out of breath…)

Koopa Scientist: Professor! –Gasp- The, the-

Kalbierd: Quiet. Calm down. And if the situation is as serious as you seem to be showing, Malcom, then I need to put away my chemicals before you-

Koopa Scientist: The-the-the Lambda experimental tank has…has opened!

(Kalbierd had no time to put away the chemicals. They drop from his hands and shattered on the floor, the Niexbium quickly soaking into the floor. Kalbierd swears loudly, from both the revelation, and the chemical  loss.)

Kalbierd: I…told you not to tell me…before…

(Kalbierd attempts to calm down, and it actually works.)

Kalbierd: Malcom, that can’t be true. We all know that the Lambda experiment was...was realized to have failed years ago…

Malcom: Yes, but, but…Malpix is alive! The experiment may have failed, but Malpix has survived…into some kind of deformed creation…

Kalbierd: Don’t say that name! Can he even think?

Malcom: Yes…he demands we let him go to the Castle…Zeke let out that many of the generations of the royalty are dying…

Kalbierd: Argh…Zeke, you idiot…You have to ambush…HIM…and let him think you’re taking him to the castle. You have to kill him when he’s not paying attention…

Malcom: But Professor…wasn’t it an order of King Kajck that Malpix-

Kalbierd: You fool! Kajck is dead, and the only survivor from his family is two of Bowser’s sons…and their attempt to keep control of Koopa Castle will soon fail. The political armies are too powerful, no matter what those idiots think. They probably don’t even know of the Lambda Project, nor Malpix.

Malcom: Okay…okay. But…is it truly possible to kill Malpix? He still-

Kalbierd: You have to try. If he reaches the surface…and if the rumors are true of the odd new weapon that killed Mario in one shot…It will be devastation. Kill Malpix, and quickly…

Malcom: Yes…yes, sir…

(Everything fades to black, and a TV broadcast is now shown, the Koopa News Network…)

Announcer: Tonight, on KNN…the Kingdom is in near chaos. It has been confirmed that King Bowser Sr. is truly dead, along with six of his children. Now, only the eldest prince Ludwig and an unknown other is with him in the castle. Several political groups are now attempting to take over the castle, and become the rulers of the Koopa Kingdom. However, Prin-er, Ludwig is claiming to have the mysterious weapon rumored to have killed the superstar, Mario of the Mushroom Kingdom…

(Announcers voice slowly fades away, and suddenly, without warning, Penter’s dream continues…)

(Inside the cave are several strange markings. Ancient people once lived here. Now, there is just an odd feeling of a powerful presence. But Penter is too tired to notice. He falls down, and falls asleep, and from somewhere deeper in the cave comes a terrible force, a thing to truly be feared…and it enters Penters dreams…)

(For the next two minutes, everything goes black, and the only sound is a odd, screeching noise…)

                                            TO BE CONTINUED…         

« Reply #44 on: January 16, 2010, 12:27:03 PM »
Nintendoobsessed, you are inspirational. I can only hope this story won't fall like Mario's Crowbar did.
"I'm a grade-A, 100% prime-cut final boss!"- Bowser, SPM

« Reply #45 on: June 17, 2010, 08:59:27 PM »
Please take my word, I had problems to deal with. But these problems are now gone! Sorry, again! I am really annoying! I know! It's okay if you have no faith in me! I shall try to continue my efforts on this story! Now for writing, and less exclamation marks!

                                                                                       PHASE 36
                                                                                      Lies and Tea


                                                         (As the dark clouds gather closer, and closer, the sky starts to shoot out bursts of light. Soon afterwards, the rain begins. Soon, the roads of Koopa City are wet, and slick with the falling rain. But the rain is not the only liquid spreading over the deserted road. With a quick slash, Malpix shreds through a Koopa. Its head falls off, and, in a twisted sense, comically rolls down a small incline in the road. Malpix continues on his way, dodging through abandoned roads and alleyways. With another burst of lightning and thunder, Malpix grins. The force beyond light and darkness had come…and it was Malpix…)

(Far, far to the east…)

Wes: You don’t know where his house is, do you?

Celistar: I think it's in the Almoth Plains...

Wes: That’s GREAT. The Almoth Plains are only about 100 miles north of here.

Jonas: Erm…Wes…that’s not good at all, in my opinion.

Wes: I’m being SARCASTIC. I’m being sarcastic, because this is utterly-

Celistar: Wes.

Wes: What?

Celistar: I’m not annoyed yet, but you wanted to come on this trip. So you shouldn’t complain.

Wes: …

Celistar: Anyway…there’s no way we can head north now. We’ll have to…continue to the east…through the Melkor Hills…

Jonas: But Cel…we’re heading into the Sub-Conian Jungles, and-

Cel: I know! I know! But…I’ve thought of something.
                                                   
Wes: What?

Celistar: That professor…E. Gadd…he lives near here....not in the Almoths... He helped my dad and my uncl…my dad countless times. He’ll help.

Wes: He’s still alive?

Cel: Yes. He hasn’t done anything important recently, but…

Jonas: I think I, erm, see his house!

Celistar: Yeah, that’s definitely his house.

(Professor E. Gadds house is a giant version of his head. Wes scowls)

Wes: You’ve got to be kidding.

Cel: He might have some issues, but he can definitely help.

Jonas: Erm…

(After a few minutes of walking, they reach the house. Cel knocks on the door.)

E. Gadd: I’m coming, just wait a- Agh!

(Loud crashing sounds come from inside. Wes facepalms. A few seconds later, the door slams open, nearly smacking Jonas in the face. He falls back a little and lands on his back. E.Gadd pulls the door back, and peers at the trio suspiciously.)

E.Gadd: Who’re you?

(Jonas gets up with a groan, and brushes off the dust.)

Celistar: Hi…E.Gadd? It’s me…Cel…

(E.Gadd opens the door a little bit more, and gasps.)

E.Gadd: Why…it is you Cel! It’s been so long. And…who are your…friends?

Cel: This is Wes…and this is Jonas…we’re kind of on a journey…

E.Gadd: So you are! I must say, my house is quite far out in the wilderness. Come inside!

(Everyone comes inside, and takes off their backpacks. Wes collapses into a chair. Jonas stands awkwardly in a corner. E.Gadd goes into a small kitchen.)

E.Gadd: Anyone like some tea?

Wes: YES.

Jonas: Erm, no thank you.

Cel: No…Wes, you like tea?

Wes: Yeah. It’s…an old favorite of mine.

(There’s a moment of silence, before E.Gadd comes in with a tray. Despite Cel’s and Jonas’s replies, he still brings two extra cups. Jonas nervously takes a cup. Cel smiles, but still refuses tea.)

E.Gadd: Now then, I have to ask…is everything okay over at the castle?

Cel: Yes...why do you ask?

E.Gadd: Well, I haven’t heard a lot from the castle, and last I heard, there was some odd trouble at the castle…

Cel: No...everything’s fine.

(Wes coughs loudly. Cel glares over at him.)

E.Gadd: Oh. Okay. After what happened with Mario, I was worried about you and Peach…how is she.

Cel: Just…great. As I said. But, um, professor, we need some supplies…we’re on a journey to the east.

E.Gadd: Are you going…to Sub-Con? You’ll have to pass through the Shivering Mountains…and later, through the sweltering jungles. Why, the only peace you’ll find in that land is the Otapuku Meadows…oh, er sorry. (He looks over at Jonas.)

Jonas: It’s…erm…okay. It’s a troubled land, I can’t disagree.

E.Gadd: Yes…I’ve heard of the recent political troubles over there. …May I ask why you are going there?

Cel: …Well, for multiple reasons, but mostly, as you said, there are problems over there. My…ah…friend here, has asked me to help, and I actually, I kind of needed to leave the castle for a little bit.

E.Gadd: Hmm…I know you are Mario’s daughter, but are you sure that-

Cel: Yes.

Wes: Really, don’t doubt her. You wouldn’t believe-

E.Gadd: Hmm…I don’t know what I would or would not believe anymore. Why, I swear someone else lives in this house. Every time I go into my library, I find more and more of my books either gone or with pages ripped out. It’s rather disturbing…

(Another moment of silence follows.)

E.Gadd: Aye, well, you’ll want to stay the night. We can discuss this tomorrow. For now, you should take your time, and relax.

Cel: Thank you very much professor.

(Night soon comes, and all is quiet in the southeastern Staph Fields. Soon, however, the peaceful night would soon become chaotic…)

                                                     TO BE CONTINUED
« Last Edit: June 18, 2010, 12:22:22 PM by Nintendoobsessed »

The Chef

  • Super
« Reply #46 on: June 17, 2010, 09:57:31 PM »
People read this?

« Reply #47 on: June 17, 2010, 10:02:12 PM »
People read this?

Nintendoobsessed, you are inspirational. I can only hope this story won't fall like Mario's Crowbar did.

« Reply #48 on: June 17, 2010, 10:10:40 PM »
I'm having an extreme case of deja vu.. Wasn't there a discussion just like this in the first few pages?

Anyway, I read it (or I did before the story was stopped on temporary hiatus).
Kinopio is the ultimate video game character! Who else can drive a kart, host parties, play tennis, give good advice and items, and is almost always happy??

« Reply #49 on: June 18, 2010, 12:07:04 PM »
                                                                  PHASE 37
                                                            Night of the Library


                                                           (1:00. 1:01. 1:02. Wes can’t sleep. He stares at the small clock. The evening had been uneventful. Cel had come out of E.Gadd’s workplace with an odd, somber look on her face. After that, E.Gadd led them to dusty guest rooms. Wes had fallen asleep for a few hours…and now was awake again, watching the clock. It seemed like Cel had really accepted his apology…or maybe not. She barely talked to him at all. Wes’s sleepless thoughts could have lasted for hours, maybe even the whole night, had the bookcase not fallen over. A loud CRASH, followed by a festivity of curses, coming from the library. This is my problem, isn’t it? Wes thought, as he slowly opened the door…and staring Jonas face-to-face. …Or face-to-mask…)

Wes: Gah! What are you doing? You…scared me.

Jonas: Erm…I’m sorry. I was going to see if you were awake…

Wes: Of course I’m awake! I don’t think anyone could be asleep after-

Jonas: Actually…Cel’s still asleep. And there are loud snoring sounds from the…erm…doctor…

Wes: …They’re asleep?

Jonas: Yes…and Cel wouldn’t wake up! I shook her a few times…

Wes: Ughhh…there’s something really bad about this, and we have to deal with it, don’t we?

Jonas: Erm…yes.

Wes: Alright, let’s go. (Sigh)

Jonas: Erm.

(The two leave the hallway, and then enter through another door…messily marked “LIBRARY”.  They slowly open a door…to a completely dark room.)

Wes: (Whispering) Alright…there’s got to be a lightswitch-AGH!

(Wes trips over the fallen bookcase. A obnoxious laugh issues deeper from the darkness.)

Wes: Son of a-Who’s there?

(More laughter. A book comes flying from the darkness, and flies at Jonas. He moves at the last second, and smacks him in the side of the face. More laughter.)

Jonas: Erm…there has got to be a light switch somewhere…

Wes: You find the switch, I’m going to find this creep…

(HEE HEE HEE)

(More books come flying from the darkness. Wes is quicker then Jonas, so he dodges two of them. The third hits his leg…a dictionary. Wes falls over again.)

Wes: Grr…stop throwing books, come out here! You cheap b-

(A bookcase starts to fall over. Wes barely rolls away. Another loud crash issues out, accompanied by loud, mocking laughter. Wes angrily gets up.)

Wes: That’s it…JONAS! Find the [darn] switch!

Jonas: Erm…I don’t think there IS a switch…there’s a lamp…

Wes: We don’t have time to light it…I don’t want to, but…

(Wes sticks out a hand and a bright light issues forth. It covers about the same area as a lamp. In front of Wes is the fallen bookcase. Ahead are more bookcases…and the laughter.)

Wes: I’m coming you laughing idiot. I’m coming for you.

(HEE HEE HAH)

Wes: Stupid…

(More books come flying out of nowhere. Wes dodges them with simple ease.)

Jonas: Erm…Wes? Where’d that light come from?

Wes: (Calling back) I found a lamp…stay there…

(A book almost streaks Wes in the face, as he’s turned away. Wes turns back, glaring.)

Wes: Don’t worry. I didn’t forget about you.

(Passing the bookshelves, a book flies by from a corner. Wes turns. A chase begins, with the books constantly changing angle. Finally, Wes comes face to face with a wall.)

Wes: WHAT? No…you’ve got to be kidding…

(A round form materializes out of the air. It has a leering, crooked face…a Boo.)

Boo: Hee hee. You’re pretty persistent. But I could have escaped you at any time.

Wes: A…Boo?!? What are you…?

Boo: I was a spy for the Koopa royal family…but last I checked, the Koopa Kingdoms in chaos, and there are no rulers…so I’m living my own life now. Messing with this old man…

Wes: Why don’t you do something more worthwhile? Surely there are better haunts then an old man’s library…

Boo: Hee hee hah! You’re right. He’s an old man. His times almost up. And this’ll be my own  haunt! Hee hee-

(The Boo notices the light coming from Wes’s hand. It’s laughter abruptly stops.)

Boo: You…are one of them?!

Wes: By ability only.

Boo: So they aren’t all gone…I will leave for you, great one...but once he’s dead, this place is mine.

Wes: Fine…(I don’t think I can convince him to do anything else…) Did you put Cel to sleep?

Boo: Hee hee…yes. I guess it didn’t affect you, great one, for the obvious reasons, but it is only temporary. They will awaken by dawn. I will tell you something else as well, great one…of the papers and books I have stolen from here…let’s just say that if the Koopa royal family rises again…above the odds…hee hee hee…it will be a terrible day for the world. Goodbye.

Wes: Wait! Are you…the one who gave the information on the…weapon…to the Kingdom?

(A moment of silence follows. And then the Boo laughs.)

Boo: Depends on what weapon, great one. If you speak of the weapon that killed that fool Mario…no. I didn’t. No one does. After he came, he left. And last I heard, any attempts to contact him failed.

Wes: So it is a man?

Boo: …Maybe, maybe not. No one knows. He was covered by a cloak the whole time. The voice suggested male…but…who knows? Goodbye, great one! Hee hee hee!

(The Boo evaporates into the air. The light in Wes’s hand slowly goes out, and the darkness surrounds Wes.)

Wes: Great one...please, no…

                                            TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #50 on: June 19, 2010, 01:15:05 PM »
                                                                  PHASE 38
                                                            Under the Quiet Night

                                                           (3:30 in the morning. The Distihia, one of the five main groups vying for the leadership of the Koopa Kingdom-are having a secret meeting…)

Varkas: We call this meeting to order…is everyone here? Taja?

Taja: Yes.

Varkas: Marse?

Marse: Yes.

Varkas: Speckian?

Speckian: …Yes…

Varkas: Good. Now, Marse…tell me…why does that idiot prince and his brother still hold the castle?

Marse: Well…I would say…that certain peoples...have been unsuccessful in…penetrating the castle defences…

Varkas: And WHAT are these defences?

Marse: A…certain…weapon.

Varkas: I see. And I assume we all know WHAT this weapon is?

(Everyone nods.)

Varkas: This meeting is being held on how to get into the castle. I believe we may assume that we…the Distihia…are the most powerful party left among the ruins of the royal family…and that we have the greatest chance of taking over the castle, and becoming the rulers of the Koopa Kingdom. Therefore…it is up to us to collapse the castle defences. Taja. Give us the advance report.

Taja: Amazingly, the two fools holding the castle have defended the castle with their specialized weapons. Only one attempt was made on the castle, by the Chaeka group, but the hundred or so army was shot down. I personally believe it would be impossible for only the two of them to be in the castle, no matter how special their weapon is.

Varkas: Obviously, we cannot take the castle straight-on. This is where we bring in our new friend…Speckian.

Speckian: Yes. I know several ways into the castle, after my years of working for the royal family. I would have to say that the best way in is through the eastern passage…in the Marakas Forest. It is an old passage, meant to be an old escape route from the castle. However, I believe we can use it to sneak in. I do not know how they have their defenses set up, but with a attack at night, and through the passage, the princeling will be in a great deal of trouble.

Varkas: Excellent. Marse, write it down. We attack in five days. The castle-holders will have no chance. Before long, the Distihia will rule the castle…and before long, the Forever Forest. Once we rule the Forever Forest, and the southern Disputed Lands, we will have more territory then the Mushroom Kingdom.

Marse: Do not forget, sir, we must obtain the weapon…

Varkas: I would never forget.

Speckian: One last question, my…leader. When we storm the castle…do we kill the last of the family?

Varkas: It depends. If they yield, they will become our prisoners. If not…we obtain their heads. Anyone else in the castle, we kill without thought. …Servant! I require a servent!

(A Koopa in shabby clothes comes in. He looks like he has lost everything.)

Varkas: Come over here.

(The Koopa stumbles over. Varkas looks him straight in the face. After a second, the veins in the servants eyes pop out, in a gruesome fashion. And then…his entire head. Speckian nearly falls out of his chair as the bits of gore fly everywhere. A large chunk lands right in front of Taja. He frowns, and swats it off. Marse smirks. The Koopas body slowly falls forward, and lands on the dirty floor, creating a large pool of blood.)

Varkas: A warning for Speckian…and a reminder for you all…do not turn on me. It is true that my most of my enemies will not receive this fate…but if any of you turn on  me…servants! Clean up this mess!

(More servants come in with mops, and terrified expressions.)

Varkas: Never forget…I AM the future leader of this kingdom. You’re all in this now. All of you.

                                                                                       TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #51 on: June 20, 2010, 08:08:06 AM »
                                                                 PHASE 39
                                                              Points of View


                                                            (Morning. The light of the sun shoots across the flat landscape, in the nearly barren southwestern Staph Fields. The only thing there-a large, metallic house…in the shape of a head. Cel, Wes, and Jonas are about to leave…)

E.Gadd: …You’re sure nothing happened last night?

Wes: Really. RIGHT, Jonas?

Jonas: Erm…yes. Really.

Cel: Thank you for everything, professor. Let’s go, guys.

E.Gadd: …Goodbye. Cel…you’re always welcome here.

Cel: Don’t worry. I’ll be back. Soon.

E.Gadd: Yes. …Soon…Goodbye!

Cel: Goodbye.

Jonas: Erm…bye.

Wes: …

(One hour later…)

Cel: Alright. What happened?

Jonas: Erm…what?

Cel: What happened last night?

Wes: Nothing! We already told the nutty professo-

Cel: Seriously. Tell me now. I almost never sleep well…and I had the most bizarre dreams last night…

Wes: So? You had dreams…?

Cel: (Penter told me about the importance of dreams, for a MOD…but I can’t tell Wes that… …When should I tell him…)

Jonas: Erm…dreams mean no-

Cel: Tell me now.

Wes: But-

Cel: Now.

Jonas: (Sigh) Erm…well…last night…

Cel: Yes…?

Wes: Jonas was sleep walking.

Cel: What?

Wes: (Jonas doesn’t know about my meeting with the  Boo last night…he only knows about the books flying out of nowhere…but I can’t let Cel find out anything about last night…)

Jonas: Wait…what?

Wes: You were muttering about books last night…I found you in the library, knocking over books…

Jonas: Erm…

Wes: I don’t know about your dreams Cel, but…

Cel: Okay. I…believe you…(My dreams…are they prophecies…?)

Wes: (I can’t believe I lied to Cel again…if she ever finds out about what happened…no. I can’t let her find out. She WON’T find out. I am-and that Boo-the only person to know about that night. And that Boo…)

Jonas: Oh...

Wes: (Did I really fool Jonas? He seems to be taking it…)

Jonas: (Did I really dream everything that happened last night…? Wes was acting rather odd last night…it probably was a dream…)

Cel: Anyway, we need to continue east. By the looks of it, we’re almost to DK Pass. This map is very useful. …Jonas. I’m surprised you didn’t have a map with you.

Jonas: My village-Misaos-had many maps. It was actually a very famous, erm, map making place. It was a geographic center of the land. But…it’s all gone, now. Most of my family had died long before that, but all of my childhood friends…dead.

Wes: That’s…depressing.

Jonas: Erm…yes. I thought I would died before them, when I left to…erm…protect you, Cel.

Wes: Heh. I had forgotten that. We saw you right before that bomb went off…

Cel: Ugh, yeah. That psychotic…what was his name?

Wes: I don’t think he had a name…at least, he never said it…

Jonas: What happened with him?

Cel: He blew himself up…as I said, psychotic.

Wes: Hm…

(…)

Wes: Cel…when we left…you seemed anxious…when you talked about returning…

Cel: Well…I’m sorry about making you tell about…(Jonas’s embarrassing incident…)…so I’ll tell you…I’ve made a deal with the professor. He’s going to make a new time machine…and I’m going to go back…to the day of the 13th Mario Party…
                                             
                                                                                   TO BE CONTINUED…


« Reply #52 on: June 21, 2010, 10:44:30 AM »
                                                                                     PHASE 40
                                                                                  Time and Mind

                                         
Wes: That…was pretty quick.

(Although the Shivering Mountains had seemed far away, Cel and co. make it in a few hours. The cold, biting winds swirl down from the distant peaks…earning the mountains forbidding name…)

Jonas: Yes…ah. That must be DK Pass…it looks to be the only opening in this massive…erm…wall of rock.

Celistar: Honestly. Thank goodness there is an opening.

Wes: I couldn’t imagine going through the southern route…Glare Desert…

Jonas: And the Riverbloat Rapids to the north are…erm…extremely dangerous…   

Cel: Well, now that we’re done talking about pointless geographical difficulties…how about we start moving.

Wes: Are you really that excited about the time machine…?

Cel: Of course I am! I can save my father…(And ask him something…what were the Mario Party’s…REALLY?)

Wes: Time travel is almost always a bad idea, Cel. Remember what happened with the first time machine?

Cel: That issue was way too complicated to talk about. Most of it didn’t even happen as it was reported. EVERYONE knew about the alien attack in the past. The whole entire attempt was made to bring back a Shroob specimen. Peach… (My mother…? Don’t think about it…) insisted on seeing the past. That was stupid. This is entirely different.  Mario was the most important person in the history of the kingdom…and I can’t take this world on by myself…

Wes: Take the world on?

Cel: You know things are going to get crazy soon, Wes. The weapon…the ability to kill with a single move of a finger. That’s a godly power. And the apparent chaos in the Koopa Kingdom means nothing. Someone…is going to rise to power. And then they’ll come after the Mushroom Kingdom-

Wes: There are good Koopas too! Someone good might come to power! You never know.

Cel: I KNOW there are…but most of them-

Wes: It’s only because of Bowser’s camps. Sending children there, to get the idea that being power-hungry is a good thing…

Jonas: Erm...

Wes: Jonas…what exactly is the goal of the Blood Masks?

Cel: World Domination. Right?

Jonas: Ha…erm…ha. They do plan to control Sub-Con at least. Most of their goals are shrouded in ambiguity.

Wes: Well, they’ve got to have some kind of thing going for them. I mean, they do have an army, don’t they?

Jonas: Erm…yes, but through force. At first, the Blood Masks would have had to have been small…how this original group came to be seems to be a mystery, but as they attack new towns, they have slowly assimilated into one large group.

Cel: And where are they currently?

Jonas: At this rate, the northern edge of the Subconian Jungle, right at the edge of the Unified Cities.

Wes: Unified Cities?

Jonas: Erm, a large group of cities, all clustered up on the northern edge of the region, as far away from the Dreamscape…and The Pipes…as possible...

Cel: So they are very close, these Blood Masks?

Jonas: Yes. We need to hurry. If they take over the government, any rebellions would face an army…erm, including us. We have to get there before the current Subcon King…erm, Okken.

Cel: Jonas…are there any Warp Pipes in this area? I hadn’t thought to ask, but…

Jonas: Warp Pipes!  I erm, completely forgot! My village has a hidden Warp Pipe, that leads right into the Desert Hill…east of the capital. It will be a quick run from there.

Wes: Perfect! Let’s go…uh, where is your village, exactly?

Jonas: Blue River is in the northeastern part of the Otapuku Meadows. Once we pass through these mountains, we’ll be in the Meadows. They’ll be a, erm, nice, warm change from the mountains…

Wes: Aah….ouch.

Celistar: What?

Wes: Uh…almost tripped on a rock.

Cel: Yeah…there are a lot of them on this mountain…

Jonas: Watch out for mini-thwomps. If you step on one, they’ll smash your…erm…feet. It hurts. Really, erm, hurts.

Cel: Okay…

(Far away, in the Mushroom Kingdom Castle…)

Cavescavescavescaves-

Toad Guard: Sir!

Penter: Gah! WHAT?

Toad Guard: There’s some problems in Toad Town…

Penter: Who cares?

Toad Guard: Well…the riots are getting extremely dangerous…at least forty people have been injured from the…protests, three died. Some of them are not even Toads, despite their message…

Penter: So? I don’t care. All I care about is-

The Girl. She needs to die. Her bloodline must be exterminated. Spill her blood. And DRI-

Penter: -ALL I CARE…about is…finding…Celistar. She…needs to be protected in…the castle…

And the mouse. It needs to die as well.

Penter: And…er…

THE MOUSE

Penter: THE MOUSE!

Toad Guard: Uh…

Penter: Ah…Kan. Yes…he…needs to be protected as well…

Toad Guard: Oka-

Penter: And the Koopa…don’t forget him! Very very very very very important!

Toad Guard: Er…!

Penter: WES! HIM! Bring him HERE!

Toad Guard: Yes…um…sir! Yes!

Penter: Ignore the riots. I’m sure they’ll go away.

Toad Guard: Yes…er, sir? Would you…like something to drink…?

Penter: Yes…I’m quite thirsty…

Toad Guard: I’ll be right back…

(The Toad Guard meets with a Chef Guy in the kitchen…)

Chef Guy: He’s thirsty?

Toad Guard: Yes. Idiotic fool, he believes I’m a real guard.

Chef Guy: He bought it? I’m glad a Duplighost is a member of the Sacharials…

Duplighost: We all suffer injustices from these Toads…and the last two leaders of their kingdom have been insane. With this poison…the tyranny ends now…and the rise of the Sacharials. And a Goomba…the bottom of the  Toads social system…will become the leader. It’s ironic.

Chef Guy: It’s all well and good, but hurry back. Penter may become suspicious…he needs to die. Come back alive, Lee.

(Lee…disguised as a Toad Guard…comes back in with the poisoned wine. Penter looks down on the guard, his white scar practically sticking out of his head.)

Penter: Does wine take so long to pour…? Get over here!

(The Toad Guard holds out the glass. Penter takes it with a quick flick.)

Penter: Leave. I need rest. …Without you staring at me.

Lee: …Yes sir…

(Lee starts to leave. Penter stares at the glass.)

It is poisoned. Don’t drink it.

Penter: Should I make him drink it?

No. Torture him. Torture him until he tells you who’s side he’s on. And when he does torture him more. Drink his blood, and eat his heart.

Penter: …

(Penter holds out the glass, and smashes it while gripping it in his hand. The glass explodes out. One almost reaches Lee retreating back.)

Penter: Guard. Get back here.

Toad Guard: What is it sir? Oh…your glass is broken… ([darn]!)

Penter: It’s poisoned, and I know it.

Call the guards outside, and tell them to lock the door. They might all be traitors, but they’ll follow your instructions for now.

Penter: GUARDS! LOCK THE DOORS!

Lee: Oh s-

(SLAM! Lee tries to run and make it to the door, but they slam shut in front of him. He turns around to find Penter right in front of his face.)

Penter: Do you think I’m simply crazy, guard? Yes, I am insane…but do you know WHAT happened to me…what I saw…

In that cave...

Penter: …In that cave…

Lee: Sir…I have no idea…

Penter: I know it is poisoned. My friend tells me everything. And he is always right. And…you…you have some strange-

Ability.

Penter: Ability. Tell me…or…

(Lightning fast, Penter slams Lee to the ground…with his foot on top of his neck.)

Penter: Or I jump, like my old friend Mario. (Heheh.)

Lee: I don’t…URKKGH…

(Penter slowly presses on Lee’s fake neck. Penter seems to be taking no joy from it.)

Lee: You…really want to know?

Penter: Don’t mess with-

Me!

Penter: Me!

Lee: GAHH! URKJG! I’ll…show you.

Penter: Oh, yes? Show me right no-

(Lee turns into a Spiny. Penter howls with pain and falls back to the ground. Lee quickly turns into a Swooper. He quickly escapes through the window.)

Penter: NO! [darn] IT! ARGH!

(A huge, gaping wound is in Penters foot. His shoe is soaked with blood, and the blood leaks out. Penter desperately limps to the window. He sees Lee in the far distance.)

Penter: Whoever you are, I WILL KILL YOU! I WILL STAB YOU, I WILL STRANGLE YOU, I WILL KICK YOU UNTIL YOU ARE A PILE OF BLOODY INTESTINES! YOU WILL DIE! ARGHHHHHHH!

(Tired from the effort of screaming, Penter falls back, into the puddle of blood. Inside of his head, the voice continues to scream. Penter faints, the voice endlessly screaming inside his head. The events that followed would have gone much differently,  if regular guards hadn’t come in, instead of the Sacharials. Quickly sending Penter to the infirmary, they barely save his life. And the Sacharials would plot…)

                                                 TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #53 on: June 23, 2010, 11:28:53 AM »
                                                                  PHASE 41
                                                              The Ancient Staff


                                                              (The Shivering Mountains-a series of jagged peaks rising along Subcons western border, dividing it from the Mushroom Kingdom. In the north, the peaks end at the world’s most violent rapids…Riverbloat Rapids. Any who swim there die nearly instantly. Far to the south, the mountains become little hills, in the Glare Desert. Second in heat only to the northern Sarasa Deserts. The only other way through…(other then defunct and dangerous Warp Pipes)…is DK Pass, otherwise known as the Dalka Krai Pass, named after the legendary monk...)

Wes: Hmm…this is the second mountain we’ve climbed, isn’t it?

Jonas: Erm…?

Wes: No, not you. I mean to Cel. Around a month ago, we traversed the Klapra Mountains…

Jonas: The Klapra! Those are practically on the other side of the known…erm…world!

Cel: What did you expect? I feel like I’ve been everywhere…

Jonas: Erm, everywhere except Su-AAH!

(Jonas trips spectacularly. He’s fallen over a large lump in the snow. He gets up with a groan and walks back over to the lump of snow.)

Jonas: Erg…what WAS that?

Wes: A hard lump of snow?

Jonas: No…erm…wait. There’s something here…

(Cel comes back, interested. Wes sighs and follows along. Jonas digs up a large cloth…and within…are rocks…and a strange jagged piece of ice. And a note…)

Jonas: What IS this?

(Jonas reads it aloud. This is the transcription without the “erms”…

                                               To whoever finds this:

                                                                        I have been cornered by my enemies on this dreary mountain. My capture and death are imminent. I feel that I have no choice…I must not let my staff fall to the enemy…it is my most treasured possession. If you are a Heiho…I bequeath this staff to you. If you are a Toad, this staff will inflict you with a terrible curse…if you are neither, I beg you to let this staff rest in peace…with me.

                                                      ~Carthaine)

Jonas: …Carthaine…?

Wes: Carthaine? Who is he? Why would he inflict a curse upon Toads?

Jonas: Erm…This is a relic, it must be nearly 400 years old, back in the Biolohn Wars.

Cel: Biolahn? That sounds familiar…

Jonas: A war between the Mushroom Kingdom and Subcon. About 70 years after the First Mushroom War…between the Mushroom Kingdom and the Koopa Kingdom. After the events, Toads of the, erm, generations afterwards felt the need for more land, as they had barely defeated the Koopas from taking the land. Thanks to the Shivering Mountains, and nearby defenses, Subcon barely defeated the Mushroom Kingdom. Looks like, erm, this guy was part of this war.

Wes: Huh. Wait…shouldn’t his body be here…?

Cel: Doesn’t look like it…just rocks and…his staff?

Wes: It looks like a giant icepick…with both sides being blunt.

Jonas: Erm…yes...

(He holds up the staff. The light shines through it.)

Cel: Looks like you’ve got a weapon.

Jonas: Erm…what?!

Cel: The note says it’s for a…Shy Guy…(Heiho is just way too weird to say…)

Jonas: Well…I guess…

Wes: You need a weapon. You’re the weakest of us.

Jonas: What!?! What about, erm, you!

Wes: I fight! …A little.

Jonas: Well, erm, I’ll be fighting more then you now!

Wes: Fine, I don’t like being a violent imp anyway.

Jonas: I-

Cel: Please. Let’s NOT fight…(Flashbacks of Kan and Wes.) Let’s just…go.

Wes: Okay…

(The group starts to leave when two Fire Bros come out from behind a craggy peak.)

Fire Bro: Well! Who knew such a valuable thing was there.

Cel: Mountain bandits? Again?

Fire Bro: Heh, you’re quick. Hand it all over, you packs, too.

Wes: Ha! How long have you two been living on  this mountain? THIS is Cel! She’s broken into Bowser’s Castle, and she’ll beat you!

Fire Bro: Hmm…Cel. That name’s familiar…you’re the daughter of Mario, aren’t you? Heh, it’ll be fun to kill you.

(The Fire Bro spits out a fire ball that bounces off the snow, and at Cel’s face. She quickly ducks.)

Fire Bro: Hee heh. Pretty fast.

Wes: What are Fire Bros doing on an icy mountain, anyway?

Fire Bro: It’s exactly where people don’t expect Fire Bros!

(The Fire Bro blows out a long string of fire. Wes leaps to the side.)

Cel: You guys are pretty slow.

(Cel starts to run between the Bros. One blows out fire where she passes…right in the others face…)

Jonas: Erm…they’re pretty stupid…

Fire Bro: AGHH!

(Screaming while the skin of his face melts off, and his eye balls boil and pop, the Fire Bro falls off the side of a ravine.)

Cel: Last and least…

(Cel runs and jumps onto the remaining Fire Bro. He’s faster than anyone expects, however, and grabs Cel by the feet. She falls to the ground. The Fire Bro is still holding her feet…)

Fire Bro: Heh heh heh. Did you know I survived an encounter with your daddy? I almost set his face on fire, like I’m about to do now-

(Jonas finally joins the action, smacking the Fire Bro in the face with the Ice Staff. The Fire Bro curses, and falls back, dropping Cel.)

Jonas: Erm…that felt…good.

Fire Bro: You-!

(The Fire Bro leaps up, and blows out fire. Desperately quick, Jonas holds the staff up…and although made of magical ice, melts the top half. The fire starts to shoot out at Jonas’s face, when Wes’s shell flies out of nowhere-him inside it- and spins into the Fire Bro, knocking him into the air. He falls against a rock ledge, smashing his head in, killing him. Wes’s shell bounces against the wall, but Wes’s legs shoot out before the shell goes over the edge of the cliff.)

Wes: I really don’t like fighting.

Cel: Wes, that was amazing! I didn’t know you could…do that.

Wes: What, have my shell move by myself, inside it? Hm.

Jonas: (Sigh) Erm…well I’m glad that we won, but the ice staff’s top half has been melted…it’s…erm, broken.

Wes: It’s broken already? Couldn’t have been that good.

Cel: Well it was practically 400 years old.

Wes: True, but…but…but…

Cel: ?

Wes: Look…at the staff…

(Cel turns around. The ice staff in Jonas’s hand slowly reforms itself into its original shape. Jonas’s eyes have practically fallen out of his head.)

Wes: Holy ****.

                                                TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #54 on: June 23, 2010, 11:29:56 AM »
                                                                                             PHASE 42
                                                                                      The Origins of Malpix

Malcom: Are you sure?

Farmer: No! Now bugger off!

Malcom: Gahhh…! What am I gonna do?

(Malcom is hopelessly wandering around in the Marakas Forest-west of Koopa City, and east of the Didex Labs. Malpix had last been seen wandering towards Koopa City…presumably to gain information.)

Malcom: He couldn’t have made it past the forest already…he’d have to have super-speed…(Sigh)…Why did Kalbierd choose ME to do this? Why not someone with more experience on…this thing. Maybe Malpix is fast. I don’t really know anything about this…

Peasant Farmer: HELP! HELP I SAY!

Malcom: Malpix?

(Malcom runs towards the source-somewhere deep within the trees, and nearly runs into the farmer himself, who has been cornered by a Piranha Plant. Malcom stops right in front of the beast.)

Peasant Farmer: Please, help me!

Malcom: Gah! Piranha Plant!

(Malcom reaches into his oversized lab coat bringing out a vial filled with a purple liquid.)

Malcom: If I use this…I’ll only have one to use on Malpix…wait. Was I really going to try dousing him with acid…?

Piranha Plant: ROOARRR!

Malcom: Eh, it’ll do now.

(Malcom smashes the vial into the Plants face. Its roaring shriek shakes the leaves from trees. Its melted face falls to the ground, with a large thunk. The farmer gasps in surprise.)

Peasant Farmer: Oh…my. Thank…thank you sir. What…what’s your name?

Malcom: Malcom Vitantres.

Peasant Farmer: Oh, thank you so much, Mr. Vitantres. There’s been more and more of those things appearing every day. I think they’re coming from the Yarkas Forest.

Malcom: It’d make sense. Although I wonder what would be causing them to leave their grounds.

Peasant Farmer: Anyhow, thank you so much. Is there anything I can do for you?

Malcom: Eh, well first, tell me your name.

Peasant Farmer: Oh! Heh, forgot my manners. I’m Balka. Simple farmer. But really-

Malcom: Well…have you seen…a rather deformed creature…passing through here?

Balka: Deformed creature? Heh, no.

Malcom: Anything odd?

Balka: Odd? Lots, other than that carnivorous plant. Why, just yesterday, I saw a strange flash of light, speeding through the forest. Almost looked like claws.

Malcom: Did you say claws!?

Balka: Eh, yeah. What’s it to you? Hunting down freaks?

Malcom: Kind of… (He must be talking about Malpix! But is he extremely fast? I really hope not…)

Balka: Well, good luck. Thank you very much for the help.

Malcom: You’re welcome…

(Balka leaves very quickly. Malcom looks after where he left for a while, and then continues, at a run.)

Malcom: I’ve got to find Malpix fast. With what little I know of Malpix…it’ll be terrible if he gets to the castle…

(Malcom has a flashback, back to his third year of being in Didex. Deep underground, in the most secret of labs, Kalbierd had guided him.)

Kalbierd: Malcom, you are one of our most efficient workers. I think you deserve to see one of our greatest…and most terrible secrets.

Malcom: …

(They make it one final door. It opens efficiently, into a bizarre room. In a large glass tubular coffin-like object, standing from ceiling to floor, is the floating body of Malpix. A grotesque, twisted form of a Koopa. Large, purple veins stick out from its body, curling around its arms and legs. Malcolm’s gasp is loud in the uncomfortable silence.)

Malcom: Sir…what…is this?

Kalbierd: This…is Malpix. The oldest organism artifact in our possession. He is part of the Lambda Project, started by King Kajck, nearly 78 years ago.

Malcom: The Lambda Project? I had not heard of it…

Kalbierd: Aye. It is Top Secret, even for us, a secret laboratory.

Malcom: This…Malpix. He’s still alive in his…containment?

Kalbierd: Aye.

Malcom: This kind of technology was available…nearly a century ago?!

Kalbierd: The full story of how Malpix came to be is long, complicated, and terribly disturbing. I will spare you the details.

Malcom: Disturbing? That’s what we deal with every day.

Kalbierd: This is an exceptional case. Not even I know the full details. I was not always the head of this facility. I expect the last person who knew the full story died eight years ago.

Malcom: What will you tell me then?

Kalbierd: What the Lambda Project is meant for…its ultimate goal…and what it’ll mean for the world if Malpix ever awakens.

Malcom: Before you tell me-could you not shut down the machinery keeping this thing alive?

Kalbierd: Please don’t interrupt. And no. The previous head of Didex had the code locked in, as it had been orders from Kajck himself. There is nothing we can do.

Malcom: …

Kalbierd: Let me start. The Lambda Project…was originally designed by Kajck himself. His original goals…were different from what the current Lambda Project entails. Somewhere in the equation…Kajck’s word was twisted…into something even worse then he envisioned.

(…)

Kalbierd: Eighty years ago, Kajck ruled over an iron empire. History says that his rule was much worse than King Bowser’s. But he was even more powerful. Kajck’s plans and plots led to the events of the Second Mushroom War. If Mario had never showed up, the war could potentially have been won, by late King Morton. Some believe that if Kajck had been alive when Mario arrived, Kajck could have potentially won anyway. But that’s something else entirely. Kajck was paranoid. He didn’t trust any of his children, or his advisors, so he devised a strange plan: He would create his own successor…a perfect being that would rule the Koopa Kingdom after him…and maybe live for centuries.

Malcom: I have never heard of any of this…

Kalbierd: It’s all top secret. Continuing, Kajck hired the most brilliant minds in the Kingdom…and the Disputed Lands to his disposal. If they failed to create the artificial life…or refused…he had them executed. About four years after he began his plans, he was assassinated by a group known as the Chaekas. Unfortunately for them, they failed to kill three of his four children, and they managed to wrestle control of the Kingdom back from them. Eventually, as you know, Morton managed to gain control of the Kingdom, and became the King. But a few months after Kajck was killed, a foreign scientist, Dr. Nask, began attempts on Kajck’s work. After three years of experimentation…he was successful. No one knows why, but Nask created Malpix in the same fashion that Kajck wanted-to be a ruler of the Koopa Kingdom. Two years after completing his project, Nask dissapered, forever…

(…)

Malcom: Okay.

Kalbierd: What, are you shock less? You have been told one of the greatest secrets of the world. I told you this, because after I am gone…you need to make sure that you are prepared for Malpix, if he ever awakens.

Malcom: Wait, why is Malpix…sealed like that, anyway?

Kalbierd: Malpix was meant to be sealed away until Kajck died…but Kajck died before Malpix was even created. Nask has created some kind of timed sealing…but is unknown, as Nask is surely dead by now.

Malcom: Okay. And what exactly happens if Malpix ever gets out?

Kalbierd: Malpix will go to the Castle…and he will kill whoever is ruling.

Malcom: I doubt he could make it past the guards.

Kalbierd: You underestimate Malpix. He has been designed with deadly powers. Nask left a list of many of them. He will certainly be able to kill anyone who rules. Once he takes over, he will start a deadly conquest of the world.

Malcom: Isn’t that what Bowser is basically doing, anyway?

Kalbierd: Don’t be an idiot. Malpix’s powers will give him a great advantage. Mario may or may not be able to handle him, but with whatever happens, there will be terrible bloodshed. Furthermore, Malpix will rule a terrible tyranny.

Malcom: (Looking at Malpix) If only there was some way to kill him now…

Kalbierd: If only. If only…

(Back to the present…)

Malcom: (It’s all so strange. But why is Malpix heading towards the city, anyway? I thought he’d go to the castle…)

(Malcom starts to run faster…and the night slowly surrounds the forest…)

                                              TO BE CONTINUED…


« Reply #55 on: July 06, 2010, 10:25:01 AM »
                                                                  PHASE 43
                                                              MODs and Plots

                                                     
                                                            (Morning. In a abandoned warehouse in south Toad Town, a box is being used as a cheap chair. On it sits the apparent leader of the Sacharials- Zerek. In front of him is a large table. Across the table sits a Koopa in cheap clothing…)

Zerek: What happened?

Koopa: Our forces within the castle have reported that the attempt failed. Lee did manage to injure Penter, however. And Penter seems to have fallen into a coma…

Zerek: How bad was this injury?

Koopa: A massive wound in the foot. He probably won’t be able to walk with it, if he recovers.

Zerek: He’ll surely recover. I heard Penter used to train with Mario…

Koopa: And Mario is dead. It’s a new world.

Zerek: You wouldn’t be able to convince most people of that. BMA and AMA are still used to mark time. “Before Mario’s Arrival…After Mario’s Arrival…”

Koopa: It’s all about Mario for them. Because he defended the Mushroom Kingdom from the big bad Koopas. Mario didn’t know any history. He chose a side, without any knowledge. He just liked that broad Peach! He could have chosen any side! No Kingdom was pure in those times…

Zerek: It was easy for Mario to choose the Mushroom Kingdom. Penter didn’t just train with him; he saved Mario’s life once.

Koopa: What?!

Zerek: It didn’t help that Mario was attacked by Koopa’s when he arrived either. It drew an image. And it could have gone either way. There were Toads and Shy Guys in the area near The Pipes that were on orders to kill anyone. It was all brilliant fate…

Koopa: Kind of makes you think the Gods are against us. Or there is no God. Just a hateful entity.

Zerek: Heh heh. No. They just want us to put these problems in our own hands. And I will. Mario’s wench thinks she can go wherever she likes, solving problems left and right, because of a mission she barely survived.

Koopa: And that freak Penter. He went with her on that mission. Then left, or something.

Zerek: Good observation, Darsius. Why, you could almost say that Penter is the center of all of this…he saved Mario’s life at The Pipes, from the attacking Koopas…and then started training his daughter.

Darsius: A guiding hand? Do you think he has some kind of ultimate plan?

Zerek: If he did, it’s gone. He’s gone insane for sure.

Darsius: But he somehow realized the wine was poisoned…

Zerek: Some insignificant chance. …Then again, it all seems to be coming down to chances, doesn’t it? Beginning with Mario surviving The Pipes…coming out, barely being rescued by Penter, not to mention his incalculably dangerous adventures…and then his daughter, screwing things up for us, and then…

(Flashback of when Celistar encountered Zerek, with her floating in the air, hair outstretched, a golden glow about her…)

Darsius: And of course, she had to be one of THEM.

Zerek: [darn] Masters of Destiny. I was wondering when another one would come up. …I wish I knew how many more exist at this time. The number keeps changing.

Darsius: Shouldn’t it be just three?

Zerek: Heh. No. There are more. There are three Star MOD’s. There are also three Ztar MOD’s. And then a third set of three…Aos MOD’s. It’s a trilogy of trilogys.

Darsius: How did you know all that, Zerek?

Zerek: A good friend of mine told me. Someone who hates the Toad’s…and Mario’s daughter even more then I do.

Darsius: Oh? An old enemy of Mario’s?

Zerek: No. Apparantly, the princess has been making enemies already, with some very dangerous people. He tells me she tried to kill him, but he survived…

Zerek: Which brings us to our plan…

Darsius: Right.

Zerek: We have to commence the attack before the princess comes back...

Darsius: How about tomorrow? They won’t expect it, especially right after today’s rally. And…what exactly are we attacking? I don’t think we’re big enough to take on the castle.

Zerek: Tomorrow night it is, then. We are simply attacking the town, until the civilians bow down before us. Once we become rulers of the town, we’ll sure have enough power to attack the castle.

Darsius: I don’t know…

Zerek: My friend will be giving us special supplies…extremely useful bombs. Set off correctly, we could demolish three houses with a single bomb.

Darsius: That’s…incredible! But what about when the princess gets back?

Zerek: The wench won’t have a chance. Once she walks into town, we blow up three of the bombs near her. She won’t be able to withstand it, as long as she’s not in Super form, and I doubt she even realizes she’s a MOD yet.

Darsius: It’s perfect...but one thing…can we really trust your friend?

Zerek: Don’t worry. He’s shown me what the wench did to him…it’s horrible. But he says it’s given him a true purpose in life…which is surprising to say, for such a terrible injury.

Darsius: Your going to keep being cryptic, aren’t you?

Zerek: I shouldn’t have spoken of him at all. He doesn’t want to be known…by anyone, except me, and the traitor.

Darsius: The traitor…?

Zerek: You know…the greatest traitor in history…Mario’s own brother…

Darsius: He’s in on this!?

Zerek: To put it simply, yes.

Darsius: (…) Zerek? Should we hold a rally today?

Zerek: Yes. If we didn’t, the toads would be suspicious. Make sure you kill at least two of them today. If they don’t come out of their houses again, threaten to burn them down. And do, if they refuse to come out.

Darsius: Yes, Lord Zerek!

Zerek: You are dismissed…

Darsius: Thank you…

(Darsius leaves…)

Zerek: It’s all coming together. With my two allies, and the Koopa Kingdom in crumbles, we’ll be undefeatable, even by that girl. The Mushroom Kingdom will be ours.

                                                                                                         TO BE CONTINUED…?

« Reply #56 on: July 31, 2010, 04:29:54 PM »
                                                                                    PHASE 44
                                                                             Realm of Nightmares
 
                                                              (On the eastern side of the Shivering Mountains…)

Jonas: Eisader…I’ll call it Eisader!

Wes: …Why?

Jonas: It means “Ice Vein” in an ancient language. Erm, it would have been used around the time of the Biolohn War.

Celis: Well…it certainly fits.

Wes: Ice Vein…you’re pretty lucky. Finding a magical weapon in the middle of a freezing wasteland?

Celis: It IS pretty lucky…

(…)

Celis: They never mentioned the Biolohn War in any of my studies. I suppose they wanted to keep the darker moments of the Mushroom Kingdoms history away…I wonder what else has been kept secret…

Wes/Jonas: …

Celis: Maybe it’s better if no one knows…but…

(A flashback of her bizarre dreams. The Masked faces. Penter pulling off a mask. A strange cult with Mario masks…)

(Out of the corner of her eye, Celis sees Jonas shudder slightly. Wes doesn’t react at all, but stares out over the mountains…)

Wes: Anyway, we’d better continue.

Jonas: Erm…yes. We’re almost out of the mountains.

Celis: (Sigh) Yeah…and then a peaceful field…

(Already, the mountain has begun to slope downward. Wes almost slips down the slippery slope, but Celis grabs his hand. As they progress, it’s almost starting to feel warmer…)

(Around 5 hours later, chaos has begun to stir in Toad Town. The Sacharials have started their nightly rally...except…)

Darsius: Zerek. As you predicted they are hiding in their houses. Shall we…?

Zerek: Choose a house. Drag the residents out, right here, right now.

Darsius: You heard Zerek! Bring out the cowards…House #3!

(Darsius points at a house across the street. A group of mingled Koopas, Goombas, Shy Guys, and a few others break through the door of the house, the mob disappears inside, and then drags out a Toad husband and wife. They are thrown into the middle of the street, right in front of Zerek and Darsius.)

Zerek: Perfect. I needed two deaths. Prepare some mini-bombs. We will shower the street with blood. It will be a preview for tomorrows performance.

Toad Husband: The Castle Guards will stop you! Just like when they captured all those evil Koo-

Darsius: Shut. Up.

(Darsius kicks the Toad in the face. The Toad begins to drool blood almost instantly.)

Toad: Whysh shoush I? You’llsh kill ush anyway!

Darsius: If you don’t stop talking…your wife becomes a special example.

Toad: …(A steady drool of blood flows out.)

Zerek: (To Shy Guys next to him) Are the Bombs done yet? I’m getting sick of this mindless chatter.

(The Shy Guys hand him the Bombs.)

Zerek: Be happy you won’t see what this town will beco-

(A shadowy figure smashes into Zerek. He’s knocked over, and the bombs are sent flying, right into the middle of the street. The explosion sends cobbles flying in all directions. A few hit the mob, sending them to the ground.)

???: Zerek…causing havoc while Celis is away…how cheap of you.

Zerek: Gah! Who?!?

Darsius: I’ll deal with him. (Darsius pulls out a regular-looking sword.)

???: Ah. You wield a blade as well…but alas, mine is not fit for a sword fight.

Darsius: Oh?

Kan: Lances…are not good for sword fights. However, I have some minor skill with a dagger…(He pulls out the short, stumpy blade.)

Darsius: A dagger? A mouse with a dagger, against a Koopa with a sword…you’re hopeless.

Kan: You’d be surprised of my skill. Fight me.

Darsius: I feel cheap, fighting you…but I have no choice…

(As they are about to fight, a Swooper flies down and lands. It immediately turns into Lee-the Duplighost.)

Lee: Yikes…what have I wandered into…?

Zerek: Lee…? I thought you were stationed in the castle…?

Lee: Penter found me out, somehow. I gave him a cup of poison. He immediately sensed it, and smashed the drink. I managed to give him a nasty hole in his foot before I got away, but now he knows…

Zerek: He’s probably torturing Chef Guy as we speak for information. But…the poison. How did Penter…? Never mind. We will talk later. DARSIUS! Kill him!

Darsius: Alright…prepare for death, little mouse…

Kan: No. YOU prepare for death…

(They fly at each other. A quick blur of steel and clashing sounds ring out. Like usual, Zerek quickly disappears with the mob, which drags the Toad couple away. The fight continues…)

(Far to the east, Celis, Wes, and Jonas reach the edge of the Otapuku Meadow. After an hour of talking, and discussing the route, they go to sleep…except for Jonas.)

Jonas: Soon…erm…I’ll be back in my village…the Warp Pipe is there…my village...-!

(Over where Celis is sleeping, a strange, cloudy purple substance is streaming out of her head. Near Wes, a red cloudy substance is streaming out of his.)

Jonas: Erm…what?!?

(The substances constantly stream out, and disappear into the air. Jonas stares, shocked at the cloud coming out of Celis…and everything melts…)

(Darkness.)

(Celllllllllllllllllll…)

(…isssssssssssss…)

(Candles. A circle of candles. And in the center-Cel, crouched down holding her head. And coming from between the candles…)

(Hshshshshshhsshhshshsshshshshsshhssh…)

(Six shadowy forms…their faces are hidden by masks…familiar…)

(MARIOMARIMARMAMOIRAOIRORM)

(All staring at her. The masks leer at her.)

(Silec…Celis…)

(LIS)

(An explosion of light…Jonas falls backwards. Nearby, Celis shakes and shudders, and then turns over. Eventually, the stream of  clouds resume…except now they are gray. Wes continues to release red clouds. Jonas, nervous and, slightly terrified, quickly shuts his eyes and attempts to fall asleep. The night rolls on…)

                                                TO BE CONTINUED

« Reply #57 on: August 03, 2010, 01:22:01 PM »
                                                                                                   PHASE 45
                                                                                                  Doll of Flesh


                                                             (It is early in the morning, October 17th, 37 AMA. A few hours ago, on the 16th, a Shy Guy discovered his special ability to enter the dreams of others. What he didn’t know was that the staff he had found in the Shivering Mountains had amplified a hidden power. Two days ago, on the 15th, a Star MOD made a deal with the smartest man alive-to create a Time Machine, to go back to September 18th, to save the world’s greatest hero. But today, the Distihia, perhaps the Koopa Kingdoms most powerful group attempting to take over the government, continues to plan for tomorrow nights conquest- breaking into Koopa Castle, capturing the two holders of the castle, and the unknown others guarding the castle. But only the leader, Varkas, and his second-in-command, Taja. But in the hallways outside of the strategy room…)

Marse: Speckian.

Speckian: Hmm…?

(Marse and Speckian are alone in the hallways.)

Marse: I…seem to recall you being with the Chaekas about ten years ago.

Speckian: …And?

Marse: Didn’t you start working with the royal family after the Chaekas almost dissolved?

Speckian: I left them a long time ago. If you’re implying that I still work for the Chaeka group-

Marse: I’m not implying that all. It just seems to me that you leave whenever a group loses power. Some say that the Chaekas were about to overthrow Bowser, right before they lost their power. The Koopa Royal family would have been the next most powerful-

Speckian: That has nothing to do with it. I didn’t like the next leader of the Chaekas. And Bowser personally asked me to work for him-

Marse: Your excuses are pathetic. I don’t trust you. You’ll sell us out the instant you see the chance.

Speckian: Like wh-

Marse: Don’t play dumb. The other groups competing for rule of this kingdom are desperate to kill the other groups.

Speckian: Using your logic, why would I backstab the Distihia? Would anybody be more powerful then Varkas?

Marse: I’ve heard rumors of the other groups-and so have you. The Six Claws leader apparently has a skill for simple Omancy…

Speckian: Omancy? That’s ridiculous.

Marse: So is the power to blow up anything just by looking at it.

Speckian: …

Marse: Just know…I don’t trust you. If you do anything suspicious…I won’t hesitate to protect the Distihia…by eliminating you.

Speckian: Don’t be so paranoid…you may regret it…

Marse: What’s that supposed to mean?

Speckian: Concentrate on our real enemies…not your proof less suspicions…

Marse: …

(Both pass each other. Inside the strategy room, a heated debate starts. 15 hours later, far to the east, it is almost night-time. A little past seven, and the night has already started to fall…but it will not be a dark night. Fires burn everywhere in Toad Town. Bob-ombs continue to detonate, and the streets are filled with death. Terrified Toad hide in their basements, hoping for the best, hoping for the city guard. But none will come.  Bob-ombs lay waiting in front of the doors to the castle. Anyone attempting to leave meets a grisly end. The guards are without a leader as the current ruler, Penter, has been injured by a spy. But…he has started to recover…)

Nurse: He’s starting to wake up…

Penter: What…?

Nurse: It’s okay, sir. You almost died from blood-loss, but everything’s okay now.                     

Penter: I…almost died…?

I have waited a thousand years to come back. If you die, I will drag you to Hell with me…and you will see what I had to wait in…

Nurse: It’s okay, you’re recovering fas-

(A huge explosion practically rocks the room. Penter is lurched to the side.)

Penter: What the hell-?

Doctor: Some idiot tried to leave again…or they were just killing themselves…

Penter: Wait…what?!?

Nurse: Some group has taken over the town…and they won’t let anyone leave the castle. They have Bob-ombs…the most I’ve ever seen.

Penter: You don’t mean the…Sacharials?!?

Doctor: Yes…

Penter: What are…their demands…?

Doctor: I’m not sure…

Go outside and kill them all!

Penter: (I’m…too…weak…)

I DON’T CARE. I will drag your body out-MENITHU-out of that bed.

Penter: …

Doctor: Uh…sir…-

Penter: Bring me up to the tower, right now.

Doctor: You need to res-

TAKE ME OR I WILL KILL YOU

Penter: Take me or I will kill you.

Doctor: Sir, you’re too weak, and, uh, I don’t think you can…

(Penter points at the Doctors face. A beam of light shoots out of his finger and goes right through the doctors head. The Doctor falls back, dead. The Nurse shrieks.)

Penter: Take me up. NOW.

                                                TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #58 on: August 08, 2010, 04:56:34 PM »
                                                                        PHASE 46
                                                                  Malcom and Malpix


                                                              (Darkness begins to fall in Koopa City. It is exactly three hours before Penter wakes up from a deep sleep, and kill the doctor who saved his life. In the city, Malcom continues his dangerous journey to kill the deadly Malpix. He has chased Malpix deep into the city…)

Malcom: Hmm…darkness is already beginning to fall…but I can’t stop now. I’m so close…and the last time I stopped, he got way farther ahead…he never rests…

(Shrieking sounds start nearby. Malcom jumps in surprise.)

Malcom: …! Malpix?!

(Malcom starts to run. A flask accidently falls out of his cloak and smashes on the ground. A deadly poison floats away into the sky. Malpix turns the corner into an alley…almost into Malpix. Malpix has his sharp claws pressed against a Koopa woman’s neck.)

Malpix: Aahhh…after all these years…I’ve forgotten…give me the directions to the castle…or you’ll neck will be my next meal…

Koopa Woman: I t-told you already! It’s to the southwest…ab-about 20 miles…

Malpix: Ahhh…I am a little hard of hearing…I always get that way when I am hungry. Thank you for the meal.

Koopa Woman: Wh-(Scream)

(Malpix tears into her neck and begins his grotesque feast. Malcom backs away, nearly vomiting. With his frightening speed, Malpix is done within ten seconds. Nothing is left, except a puddle of blood. Malcom almost starts to consider running-when Malpix looks up.)

Malpix: Hm…?

Malcom: Ah…you…I’m…Malcom Vitantre, and it is my duty to kill you!

Malpix: You…were at that facility, weren’t you?

Malcom: Y-yes.

Malpix: Before I kill you…I want to know…why did they send you after me?

Malcom: K-kill me? Heh…I have to kill you, because…you…are out of control.

Malpix: I am not out of control. My creator Kajck ruled this land. His rule is law…

Malcom: Don’t you know…you were tampered with by Nask…

Malpix: Heh…that is no tampering…he helped my creators goal…now say goodbye…

Malcom: No! You say goodbye!

(Malcom draws out an acid filled flask and flings it at Malpix’s feet. Malpix kicks it out of the way, into the alley wall. Malpix flies at Malcom, lightning fast, and slashes at Malcom’s neck artery. The blood spews out, and Malcom falls to the ground…but Malpix picks him up again, lifting him up in front of him.)

Malpix: You…have knowledge of this land and time…my 80 years of sleep have left me bewildered of this age. Lend me your knowledge…and your chemicals…and I will let you live…

Malcom: Gah…no…never…I won’t let you bring your chaos to this land…

Malpix: How strange…I don’t know why…but…I think I’ll let you live. But since you won’t follow me through free will, I suppose…

(Malpix jabs his left claw into Malcom’s neck. Malcom starts twitching violently…and then stops. Malpix draws back his claw…which is now dripping with a strange liquid-a body controlling liquid.)

Malpix: Now that you are under my control…you will follow me. You will be my assistant. You will kill when I want you to, and you will do everything I say. You will help me take my position as leader of this land.

Malcom: (No…no!) Yes…sir…

Malpix: I feel your hate…be happy I let you live. Once we are successful, and if you survive, I will let you be free. Never have I been so lenient…

Malcom: (No…this can’t happen…I can’t do anything…no…! No!)

Malpix: I’ve had my fill. Let us depart for the castle. We should be there by tomorrow…

(Malpix picks up Malcom, and begins to run, reaching 15 miles per hour. Inside his mind, Malcom is trapped in a hopeless prison. By tomorrow, Malpix will begin his attack on Koopa Castle…and so will the Distihia…)

                                                 TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #59 on: August 10, 2010, 09:26:27 AM »
                                                                         PHASE 47
                                                                        Two Hungers


(October 17th, 8:00 PM. At the tallest tower of Mushroom Castle, Penter leans against the railing, supported from falling over. Far below, Toad Town can be seen, a chaotic mess of fire and destruction. Behind Penter, a terrified nurse runs back down the stairs, completely unknowing that in a few seconds, she will trip, fall down nearly 200 steps, break her neck in several places, and crumple in a heap at the bottom. But at the top of the tower…)

Penter: …

Destroy them all. I have waited a thousand years for this…feed my bloodlust…or I will consume you from the inside…

Penter: Your desires have become mine, Azine. When you possessed me in the cave…I realized my true purpose in life…to rain destruction down…as your doll…

Azine: Blow them to pieces!

Penter: Yes…

(Penter points downwards at the town. A multitude of beams fire away. Screams echo from below. Some beams hit the bombs. Houses explode.)

Penter: Aah…

Azine: Yes…I have only felt this joy once before…long ago…a thousand years ago…the screams…they ring inside of me…

Penter: I feel them as well…I have never felt this before…this…

Azine: Terror…

Penter: Yes…

Azine: You are like me, Penter. All the time I have been sealed away, I waited for someone to wander into the temple…and it became a cave…and I waited still…but…I never thought I would find one…like me…!

Penter: I didn’t know it either…maybe I was always evil inside…

(Far below, at the far side of Toad Town. Darsius runs into Zerek’s meeting room in a panic.)

Darsius: The bombs…! [darn] it! Something…beams are being shot down from the top of the castle! They are detonating bombs left and right…our side and their side are dying…!

Zerek: What…are…you…talking about?!? Beams?!?

Darsius: I…don’t know…and I thought everything would go well since we had captured that stupid mouse…

Zerek: Beams? Are you insane? Do they have that strange weapon that killed Mario?

Darsius: No…these beams are slower…the weapon that killed Mario…shot small objects…these beams are quite big…much too big for something handheld…

Zerek: Our bombs…save the bombs! We have to have some left…so that we can take over the castle!

Darsius: Our followers are trying…but the beams continue to hit the bombs, killing them…

Zerek: No…this was the perfect time…that girl gone. This can’t be happening…

(Another explosion. The door blows open. A corpse flies right onto the table. Five more lay in the doorway.)

Zerek: You idiots…!!! Darsius! Tell them…do NOT bring the bombs in HERE! Get out and tell them right now!

Darsius: But-

(Suddenly, the explosions stop. Some of the screams continue, but it appears that the bomb supply is safe. Darsius breaths a sigh of relief. He’ll still have to go out…but at least not in the middle of the explosions. The chaos stops for a while…)

(One day later, October 18th, in the morning, Celis, Wes, and Jonas reach Blue River Village. The place is a ruin. Buildings are collapsed, pieces of building lay everywhere. After a day of travelling across the Otapuku Meadow, Celis and Wes want to rest. Jonas, however-)

Wes: What do you mean you don’t know where the pipe is?!?

Jonas: (Sigh) I only heard about it from, erm, the elder…it is DEFINETELY in the village.

Celis: Well-

Jonas: I’ll, erm, find it. I know my way around, and I have some pretty good ideas of where it should be…

Celis: Well, whatever. I’ve got to take a nap. We practically walked for an entire day across the meadow…

Wes: And, ah, I’m kind of tired…

Jonas: I should have known anyway. I’ll be right back once I find it…

Celis: Okay. Don’t get lost or anything.

Jonas: Ha ha.

(Jonas leaves the area. Wes turns to get off his Backpack…and finds nothing.)

Wes: Wha-! Where’s my BACKPACK!?!

Celis: Hmm…oh. It must’ve fallen off during the walk.

Wes: But…I didn’t even feel it! You’ve got to be kidding! What…am I going to do?

Celis: It’s okay. Once we get through the Warp Pipe, we’ll be close to the Unified Cities…just cross a river…

Wes: Alright, but-Cel! Yours…is gone too.

Celis: …What!?

Wes: How the hell…

Celis: But…I had stuff in there!

Wes: Wow, I had stuff in mine too!

Celis: Oh shut up. …But really…how…?

Wes: Guess I’ll just lay on the ground…

Celis: (Sigh) I’m going to go find Jonas. Might as well help him…

Wes: Don’t try to make me feel guilty! (Celis leaves) …I’m not coming! …Really! …

(…)

Wes: Gahhhhh…

(Wes chases after where Celis dissapered. Meanwhile, several miles back from where they came, in the Otapuku Meadows…)

Boo: This stuff is crap! Clothes…cheap, bad tasting food…I can’t live like this!

(The Boo throws the last backpack to the ground. He looks at one of the pieces of meat…and throws it into the dirt.)

Boo: I HATE being allergic to meat!

(…)

Boo: Well, I suppose I can search another one of these ghost towns…hee hee…

(…)

Boo: Hmm…those weirdoes said they were going to Blue River…that place had a good supply of food, I think…

(The Boo floats off towards where Celis and the others had left half an hour ago. His search for food would lead him right into destiny…)

                                             TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #60 on: August 17, 2010, 04:18:41 PM »
                                                                             PHASE 48
                                                                       An Unknown Second


Jonas: …

(Blue River Village. 11:00 AM, October 18th. Amid the crumbled houses is a large stone fountain, desperately trying to spew water, but leaking in several places. The once beautiful fountain is now a architectural mess.)

Jonas: …It’s here. I’d…erm…bet anything on it…

(Jonas jumps into the fountains pool, barely filled with water, and kneels down. Through one of the cracks, he can barely see a shade of green.)

Jonas: Yes! …But how am I going to topple this statue…?

Wes: THERE you are!

(Wes appears.)

Wes: This village is a lot bigger then I thought it’d be…where’s Celis?

Jonas: Erm…I don’t know. Wasn’t she with you?

Wes: Well, she left to find you…

Jonas: She’ll come eventually. But look here. I’ve, erm, found the Pipe.

Wes: Let me guess…under the fountain…

Jonas: Erm…yes. You can barely see it through the cracks…

Wes: How are we going to remove it?

Jonas: Erm…I don’t know.

Wes: …(Should I…?)

Jonas: Maybe Celis can help…

Wes: (Celis…she’s strong in a fight, but destroying a giant stone fountain…? I might have to…)

Jonas: Is, erm, something wrong?

Wes: Jonas…I have an idea. I’m going to do something…and you have to promise not to tell Celis…

Jonas: Erm…?

Wes: And you have to keep your back to me when I’m doing this…

Jonas: Why…?

Wes: It’s complicated. I swear, if you turn around…

Jonas: I won’t! …

Wes: In fact, go find Celis. But don’t come back for at least another two minutes.

Jonas: …Okay.

(Jonas turns around and starts walking away. Wes waits for him to turn a corner, and then Wes turns back.)

Wes: I can’t believe he just accepted it…whatever. Guess Jonas is a easy guy to push around…

(Wes faces the statue…and holds out both hands.)

Wes: Gahh…I haven’t done this powerful of a spell for a long time…just have to breathe slowly…

(Behind him, Jonas peeks out from behind a building.)

Jonas: What’s he being so…erm…bossy for…!!!

(A loud sound of crashing water echoes from inside the fountain…and the top blows open. A wave of water explodes out, and crashes on the ground. Water spills down the hill. Wes’s hands fall limp to his side, and he falls to a kneeling position.)

Jonas: What…?!? …I’d better find Celis…

(Jonas turns to run-and crashes right into Celis.)

Celis: Whoa-Jonas!? What was that explosion…?

Jonas: (Should I tell her…? No. I promised Wes I wouldn’t say anything-{Before you promised not to look…}-I have my own secrets. Wes has his. Maybe Celis does as well. It’d be best just to keep quiet…) I’m not sure…

Celis: Oh! Wes! How’d you get in front of me? …! What…?!

Jonas: What is it-Oh. Looks like the Warp Pipe was underneath there…

Celis: Yeah…but…

Wes: Oh, uh, hi. I heard some explosion, and uh, well, the fountain was destroyed! (I’m the worst liar ever…)

Celis: Really? But…I already found a Warp Pipe!

Jonas: I…ah…erm…ah…what?!?

Wes: What do you mean you-(Wes turns and stares at Jonas.)

Jonas: Er…I didn’t know! Really!

Wes: There could be more then that…Are you even sure one of these leads to the Desert Hills?

Jonas: Yes! …(Sigh)…I’m pretty, erm, sure.

Wes: Ughhh…how do we know which one to take?

Celis: This is a problem…especially how Warp Pipes work. Whichever one we take, it’ll take half a day to get to the other end. If we take the wrong one, it’ll take a day and a half to get to the Desert Hills.

Jonas: We don’t have that time to waste…by tomorrow night, the Blood Masks will attack the Unified Cities…

Wes: And it’s still going to take half a day to get across the Dakalsos River…and to the Unified Cities.

Celis: I really don’t want to say this…but we might have to split up.

Wes: Split…split up!?! There are three of us! I don’t exactly see an even number!

Celis: One of us…will have to go alone…

Jonas: Erm…who….?

Celis: Me. Let’s face it. I’m the strongest.

Wes: Yes, but…Celis! Jonas knows his way around. Wherever the other Pipe leads, it’ll probably be somewhere nearby…

Celis: No, we can’t do that… (Jonas isn’t a MOD…at least as far as I know. It’d be more dangerous for him if he went alone…)   

Jonas: Cel, it’s my, erm, fault about the Pipes, I should-

Celis: No! …But it can’t be me either. If I get the wrong one, you guys will have to do it alone…and it can’t be Jonas, because he’s the only one who will know his way around the United Cities…

Wes: M-me?!

Celis: Wes…you’re a good fighter…really!

Wes: What if I take the right one?! I’m going to be by myself…

Celis: Wes…Sub-Con and the Koopa Kingdom were allies in the Second Mushroom War…you’ll probably be able to help them peacefully…

Wes: And how am I going to help against some weird army?!?

Celis: Well…ah…with luck!

Wes: Wh-at? Did you just say luck?! Celis, this is SERIOUS! You need to get there!

Celis: Jonas, which pipe do you think more likely leads to the Desert Hills?

Jonas: Well…I’d say this one under the fountain.

Wes: Alright, well, I’m going to the other one, then.

Jonas: …Don’t be a coward!

Wes: I’m NOT being a coward! I would go with Celis…but Celis needs to be the one to get to the cities! You both need to!

Celis: He’s right, Jonas.

Wes: Thank you, Cel!

(Wes starts to walk back.)

Wes: Well…wherever I end up…I’ll see you lat-AAH!

(A Boo appears out of nowhere, its mouth hanging open. Wes falls backwards, and falls into the pipe head first.)

Celis: You’ve got to be kidding!   

Boo: Oh…hee…sorry. Did I…mess something up?

Jonas: You stupid-!

Celis: Who are you?!?

Boo: My name is Vapear. Sorry about your friend…I’m trying to find something to eat…

(Celis goes over to the Pipe, and looks down into it. All she sees is inky darkness.)

Jonas: Why did you just appear out of nowhere?

Vapear: Well, I wanted to see what you guys were doing. And then I wanted to ask you guys if you had any vegetables…or fruits…

Celis: Wh-what?

Vapear: I’m allergic to meat.

Jonas: This is erm, ridiculous. Come on, Celis.

Vapear: Why’d you guys only pack meat, anyway?

Celis: What?!? How do you-?

Vapear: Oh, well…I was kinda hungry…so I stole your backpacks. Sorry.

Jonas: YOU erm, stole our backpacks?

Vapear: I’ve been lost in that meadow for days! I was so happy to see other people…

Celis: What were you doing, lost in the meadows?

Vapear: It’s a long story, but I’ll tell you anyway-

Jonas: Celis! We don’t have time for this!

Celis: …You’re right. Uh, sorry. We have to go.

Vapear: W-wait! I’ve been so bored…and hungry. Where are you guys going anyway?

Celis: Well…now we’re going to have to take the other pipe…we’re heading to the United Cities, hopefully.

Jonas: Don’t tell him anything! He could be a spy for the Blood Masks!

Vapear: Aw, don’t be like that. I haven’t been anywhere near those crazies, honest.

Jonas: YOU’RE crazy. Erm, allergic to meat?!?

Celis: I’m sorry, but we really have to go…

Vapear: I have to come with you! I’m so hungry…

Jonas: Don’t take him, Celis!

Celis: Whatever. If you need to…

Vapear: Thank you! So we’re going north?

Celis: No, fortunately there’s a Warp Pipe that leads east of the United Cities.

Jonas: It is fortunate, all our, erm, food happened to disappear recently…

Vapear: I said I’m sorry! I didn’t know you guys had no healthy food…

(They start walking-and floating-over to one of the few unaffected houses. They head into the cellar where, behind some stacked wood is the other Warp Pipe.)

Celis: Wes could probably handle the mission on his own, but…it would be nice if this one lead to the Desert Hills.

Vapear: You don’t know for sure?

Jonas: No, and you don’t have to come with us if you’re, erm, nervous!

Vapear: Of course I’m coming! …I’m so hungry!

Jonas: (SIGH)

(Celis takes a deep breath…and then jumps down the pipe. Jonas quickly followers her. Vapear floats in…but then a vacuum sucks him in…)

                                               TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #61 on: August 25, 2010, 07:40:57 PM »
                                                                  PHASE 49
                                                                Double Storm

                                                               (After a swift ride, Malpix and Malcom reach the edge of Koopa Castle. The bridge that connected the mainland to the castle (over the lava) had been destroyed in a previous battle against the Chaekas. With a running start, Malpix leaps over the gap, making it safely to the other side…)

Malpix: Now then…assistant. Blow open the door.

Malcom: Yes…(He must not know about the weapon…we’ll all be shot down. …Maybe that’s what’s best…

(Malcom starts to walk towards the huge door. Immediately, multiples of the weapon point out from holes in the castle.)

??? 1: Get out. This is your only warning.

Malpix: Metal bars? What are you planning to do with those…?

??? 2: Kill them now!

(Shots ring out. When the dust clears, nothing seems to have happened…except that Malpix’s claws look a little dented…)

Malpix: …

??? 2: He’s fast…kill the other one…

??? 3: We already tried! He shielded him…with those claws…

Malpix: Once we get in their…you can get ready for a slow, painful death…

??? 2: Try again!

??? 1: Yes sir!

(The shooters are about to start again, but the door is blown open. Malcom turns back.)

Malcom: Finished, sir.

Malpix: Good.

(They both head towards the door. More shots are fired, but they are futile. Malpix’s speed is incredible. Inside, the duo head towards the throne room…)

(Meanwhile, on the eastern side of the castle, the Distihia are attacking through a secret passage. Varkas is in the lead, with Marse, and then Taja following. Behind them, a large group of soldiers, followed by Speckian, and then another large group of soldiers. They are in a single line, as the passage is very cramped. At the front, Varkas reaches a door. He calls Taja up, who simply punches the door open.)

Varkas: Glad to have a Sumo Bro with us…

(The group finds themselves in a cellar. Pushing through the dark, one soldier finally finds a door. Everyone is called over, and the door is pushed open…

…And Malpix crashes through. Malcom calmly comes after…or, at least as calmly as he can while constantly shaking from being controlled. The throne room is a mess. Candles on holders have fallen over, along with one of the pillars. But the mess was not caused by an attack. On the throne, sitting angry and depressed, is Ludwig…)

Ludwig: …I was wondering what the shouts were about. You’re quite an ugly one…(COUGH)…hahhh…I thought I was over that cough…

Malpix: Are you the current leader of the Koopa Kingdom…?

Ludwig: Yes…who are you? Let me guess…you’re also hear to (COUGH)…kill me?

Malpix: Yes. You are not the true ruler of this Kingdom…

Ludwig: OH? …Who is? The Chaekas? The Baracas? All of them have already tried…except for the Distihia. They were driven away by my weapons…I don’t know how you and your friend got in here…

Malpix: With these… (Malpix holds up a hand with a huge set of claws.)

Ludwig: Well then-

(A guard runs in, and then backs away from Malpix and Malcom.)

Koopa Guard: Sir! Ah…another attack…this time by the Distihia! They’ve snuck in somehow, and they’re heading this way!

Ludwig: Oh…? Shoot them down!

Malpix: I’ll need to finish this fast, then-

Ludwig: Fire!

(From tiny holes in the ceiling, more shots are fired at Malpix and Malcom. Malpix spins around, bullets bouncing off, as he protects Malcom. Eventually, the guns run out of bullets.)

Malpix: Don’t…make me angry…and…hungry…It’s time for you to die…

(Malpix starts to walk up, but suddenly, Varkas rushes into the room.)

Varkas: I knew it! Ludwig…!

Ludwig: Where’s your army?

Varkas: Killing your soldiers…who’s this?!

Malpix: Ah. I will get to you after I kill Ludwig. Have a rest, before I kill you.

Varkas: What?!? Heh heh…you don’t seem to know who I am, do you?

Malpix: Another fool vying for the throne. Anyone who wishes to do so must die.

(Speckian rushes in, out of breath.)

Varkas: Ah, Speckian. You might want to stand back. I’m about to blow this fools head open.

Malpix: You’re going to…!!! (There is still one alive?!?)

Varkas: The last thing you will see is your blood…

(Malpix rushes forward, in super-speed. Just as Varkas starts to open his eyes, Malpix slashes with his claws. Varkas’s head goes flying, landing right in front of the throne. Malpix backs away…and then turns around, to Speckian.)

Malpix. A Goomba. Easy enough.

Speckian: Wait! W-wait! I…I can help you!

Malpix: Hmm…? How?

Speckian: I…I have a great knowledge, of…of everything!

Malpix: Malcom here is already helping me. (One of Malpix’s claws shine.)

Speckian: Um…I…bet he doesn’t know the passage into the Mushroom Castle!

Malpix: A secret passage into Mushroom Castle…? Do you know of this, Malcom?

Malcom: No, Malpix.

Malpix: You can live until I defeat the Mushroom Kingdom.

Speckian: Um…thank you…

Malpix: Now then…

(Malpix, Malcom, and now, Speckian all face towards Ludwig.)

Ludwig: Grr…!

(Bursting through the door, Marse falls to the floor.)

Marse: Hahh…you’re soldiers are dead, Ludwig, and-

(Marse looks up, seeing Varkas’s body…and Speckian with Malpix and Malcom.)

Marse: Speckian…you’re not…?

Speckian: Varkas is dead. Malpix is my new master.

Marse: You backstabbing…! Taja told me…

Speckian: …

Marse: He was right…and now he’s dead. I thought he was just paranoid…but…

Malpix: I don’t have time for this. Malcom, deal with him. I will kill Ludwig.

Ludwig: Dang it! (COUGH) (I can’t fight him…I’ve only just found out about the Super form…) Lemmy!

(Ludwig’s younger brother staggers out from behind the throne. Ever since Ludwig destroyed his ball, Lemmy has practically had to learn how to walk.)

Ludwig: Use your magic. Teleport us out!

Lemmy: TELEPORT!

(Lemmy raises his hands, and Ludwig is teleported away, along with Lemmy.)

Malpix: !!!

(Behind Malpix, Marse has already started running.)

Marse: Don’t…Don’t think this is over! The Distihia will survive, with me!

(Marse turns the corner and disappears.)

Speckian: Sir…? Should they…?

Malpix: Ha…he’s weak, forget him…and…I’m…tired…?

(Malpix trembles a little, but then straightens out.)

Malpix: …Find those devices the guards were using…bring them to me.

Speckian: They should be with the soldiers who were guarding this castle…unless Marse took them…

(A few seconds later…)

Malcom: They’re all still there, master…(Why didn’t the Distihia take them…?)

Malpix: Keep them safe…they should be very useful in our future efforts…

                                          TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #62 on: August 26, 2010, 01:44:03 PM »
                                                                           PHASE 50
                                                                          Pipe Dreams


                                                          (Mushroom Castle looms over a ruined town. Inside the castle, Penter calls for endless drinks, and his threats keep the guards from rebelling…they have already seen what he can do. In Penter’s mind, he has finally given up the fight against Azine…and has accepted him as a partner…a partner to help him destroy the world…In fact, Penter thinks, the world would already be quailing under Azine’s power…except Azine was tired. It seemed to Penter that Azine was constantly tired…but he was over a thousand years old. Penter didn’t mind, though. He seemed to get thirstier and thirstier every day, literally, and in the blood-thirsty sense. At the time, the Sacharials were being quiet, the bombs had stopped going off. Then again, all of the people of Toad Town had run away, fleeing to Mushroom City. But that was okay. Penter had decided {With Azine’s approval, of course} that they would head for Mushroom City soon, and send it to oblivion. Afterwards, he would head for the Koopa Kingdom, kill everyone there, and then go to Sarasaland from there, and onwards. But for now, rest. Falling asleep almost instantly, Penter falls asleep on the throne, dropping the wine glass, shattering a valuable wine over the carpet. None of the servants would get near to clean it up. They didn’t want to startle Penter, who would then shoot beams out of his fingers…and kill the closest person to him…)

(Nearly 8 hours later, Celis, Jonas, and Vapear finally get out of the Warp Pipe, and end up in a desert-exactly where they wanted to end up…)

Jonas: Erm…Yes! That…was the right Pipe…

Celis: Then this is the Desert Hill? Then we’re just east of the United Cities!

Jonas: Yes…we are very close. We have to make it their before tonight…warn King Okken…

Celis: Shouldn’t he already know about the huge, approaching army?

Jonas: (Sigh)…Erm, no. The United Cities are on a cut-off piece of land. It is completely surrounded by water. And while the Cities are, erm, technologically advanced, they still do some…ancient holidays.

Celis: …?

Jonas: Well, erm, this is hard to say, but they are rather superstitious. More than any other part of Sub-Con. For the last three weeks, the holiday of the Quiet Past has been taking, erm, place. In the past, the people of what would, erm, eventually become the United Cities, lived in a quiet peace, separated from the outside world by the violent rapids. On this day, nearly 700 years ago, the area was discovered. The last four weeks, the holiday has taken place, to honor the time that the, erm, area was undiscovered.

Celis: The Blood Masks must have planned this…

Jonas: Definitely. They started their attacks exactly four weeks ago.

Celis: Exactly four weeks ago…that…that’s when I found out I was a…!

Jonas: What?

Celis: Er! Never mind…

Vapear: Don’t just stop…now I’m curious…and hungry…

Celis: It…doesn’t matter. What matters is getting to the Cities!

Jonas: …Yes! Erm, we need to get going right now! 

Celis: Here we go!

Vapear/Jonas: …

(…)

Jonas: Celis?

Celis: Jonas?

Jonas: …

Jonas: If we took the right pipe…where did, erm, Wes end up?

Celis: Somewhere else. He can fight…he should be able to find his way back to Mushroom Castle…

Jonas: Yes, but…why would that pipe be sealed under that fountain?

Celis: …! It…was, wasn’t it? I only saw the ruins, but…

Vapear: You didn’t see that script on it?

Jonas: Script!?!

Vapear: Yeah. Bunch of gibberish, but I remember one of those…”Antetzu”…heh, what could that mean?

Celis: Ahn-tet-zoo?

Jonas: Antetzu…you…please tell me you’re joking…

Vapear: Yeah, that would be a pretty funny joke, but I’m not.

Jonas: Spare the sarcasm. This…is really, erm, bad.

Celis: What does “Antetzu” mean?

Jonas: It’s an ancient word…and the fact that it is a plural word is what makes it a problem.

Vapear: …And?

Jonas: “Antetzu” means “Pipes”…

Celis: You don’t mean…

Jonas: …

Vapear: What are you talking about…?

(Far to the south-east, about ten minutes ago, Wes crawls out of the Warp Pipe he fell into. Immediately in front of him is a massive field of pipes, sticking out of the ground. In the distance are mountains, one wall of it having pipes sticking out from the mountainside. Wes stares in horror.)

Wes: Oh no…! I’m not at the…?

(In one of the pipes in the distance, a black, thin pops out of the pipe, and gropes along the side, trying to grip it. The hand loses its grip, and falls back. Wes hears the shriek of rage from where he stands.)

Wes: The Pipes…a great field of pipes…leading into alternate universes, alternate dimensions. Incomprehensible terrors…every possibility of everything…could crawl from them. Where Mario came from…our greatest savior…but…

(Wind blows around. The shrieking has stopped.)

Wes: I’d better get out of here. Another twelve hours, and I should be back at Blue River…another twelve hours after that, and then…

(Wes turns around…to find two pipes where the single one was. Wes pales.)

Wes: Wh-what?

(The two pipes begin to multiply, over and over. Suddenly, there are 14 pipes. Wes panics, and dives into the closest pipe. …But seconds later, he ends up underground…with more pipes all around.)

Wes: No no no no no no no no!

(Wes swings around, and around. Six pipes in all. He decides to start heading towards one of the Pipes, until a horrible wheezing sound echoes from the direction of the Pipe. Wes swears and falls backwards. He can already barely see the outline…which looks like a giant ball of tentacles oozing towards him. Wes scurries backwards…into another Pipe. He falls twenty feet, into a pool of freezing water. Twenty pipes now surround him.)

Wes: This can’t be happening…it really can’t…

???: Hundreds have wandered into The Pipes…and died.

Wes: Who…who’s there?!?

???: Wa ha ha! I…am the great Wario!

Wes: Er…what?

(Wario emerges from one of the pipes, a huge backpack on his back. In one hand, he carries a small radar.)

Wario: You’re lucky you came across me…wa ha ha!

Wes: You’re…THE Wario?

Wario: “The” Heh heh ha! Yes.

Wes: Why are…you in The Pipes?

Wario: I’m searching for a certain Pipe.

Wes: It’s incredibly dangerous…why would you want to be here?

Wario: Why, to find the Treasure Universe!

Wes: Treasure…Universe?

Wario: If every possible universe exists, there must be one full of treasure! And with this radar here, I can always find the right way back to the surface.

Wes: A radar that will lead you the right way? Who could possibly invent that?

 Wario: The great E. Gadd! Old friend of mine, he even wrote a paper on The Pipes. I asked him if he could try to build a radar like this five years ago, and he was successful! I had to pay quite a hefty fee, but…it will be worth it, once I find the Treasure Universe!

Wes: Oh…well. Could you please help me out of here?

Wario: Wa ha! Sure. I’ve spent way too long here, anyway. It’s already 1:19!

(Wario leads Wes through a series of pipes. A few times, they are forced to run in a different direction, but Wario just continues to read the radar. After twenty minutes, they finally reach the surface, leaving through one of the pipes sticking out of the mountain-side.)

Wes: Thank…thank you so much…I…If you hadn’t come…I’d be dead…or lost…

Wario: Not like the rumors, eh?

Wes: …

Wario: Mario’s rumors of me almost ruined my life. But once I find the Treasure Universe, I’ll be even richer then Luigi!

Wes: I wish you good luck…thank you.

Wario: No problem. Oh, you should take that pipe over there-

(Wario points to a pipe nearby.)

Wario: It’ll take you to E.Gadd’s place. He lets anybody I find stay, and Toad Town will be nearby.

Wes: Okay. Where do you-?

Wario: I live in a shack nearby. But soon…rags to riches! Wa ha ha ha!

Wes: Good…bye.

(Wes jumps down the pipe. In twelve hours, he will get out at E.Gadd’s home…and find a revolting surprise…)

                                                 TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #63 on: August 27, 2010, 01:58:07 PM »
                                                                      PHASE 51
                                                                  The United Cities

                                                                  (After a few hours of walking, and then paying a ferryman to take them across the peaceful river,{which eventually combines with the Riverbloat Rapids} Celis, Jonas, and Vapear arrive at the southeastern city in the United Cities-Foras. They had arrived at the right time-the holiday had ended two hours ago. Outside contact was now allowed again…)

Jonas: This is Foras, one of the nine cities in the United Cities. They are all connected by railways. In the center of the cities is, erm, the capital of Sub-con…Harsofol. We have to get there…

Celis: Railways? Is it going to cost anything…?

Vapear: Well, see ya!

Celis: What…?

Vapear: I gotta go get something to eat! And then…my quest continues!

Celis: Your…what?

Vapear: I didn’t tell you, did I? Sorry. I was so hungry, I forgot!

Jonas: Is that supposed to be funny or something?

Vapear: No. It’s true! Anyway, I gotta thank you for helping me. Here you go!

(Vapear pulls out a bag of coins from seemingly nowhere. Celis looks inside…and almost drops the bag.)

Celis: This…has got to be at least 500 Plat Coins…

Jonas: “Plat Coins”? I am not, erm, familiar with the currency of the United Cities…

Celis: This is used pretty much everywhere, the Mushroom Kingdom, Koopa Kingdom…

Jonas: Well…we don’t use those in lower Sub-con.

Celis: Oh? Well, 100 Gold Coins equal 1 Plat Coin. Also, 100 Bron Coins equal 1 Gold Coin. The only thing higher are Diam Coins…which only the really rich use, like Lu-er, like some people.

Jonas: No silver…? (Or Silv?)

Celis: There’s Silv, but that’s rarely used. But Vapear, are you serious?

(But Vapear has already dissapered. Jonas and Celis turn, and hurry towards the train station.)

Jonas: Erm…I guess he wasn’t worthless after all…

Celis: I can’t believe he had all that money…I was wondering why he insisted we stopped at the bank…where would he get all that money, anyway?

Jonas: I would have bet he’d stolen it, but the banks here are, erm, perfect. No one can break in.

Celis: I wonder if we’ll ever see him again…

(They reach the train station. Celis quickly buys two train tickets for Harsofol. The Shy Guys running the place don’t seem to even notice she’s royalty-which is just fine for Celis. Nobody in the entire city seemed to notice at all…and now that she thinks about it, neither did Vapear.)

(As they board the train…)

Celis: Jonas…how are we going to get into the castle, anyway?

Jonas: There is a secret word for entering the castle, as a important guest. My father was the representative of Blue River a few years ago, and he told me the word, if I ever needed to get in…he was killed days later, by some wandering bandit…

Celis: I’m sorry…

Jonas: It doesn’t matter, anyway-

(The train starts. Jonas jumps. He seems a bit nervous…)

Jonas: So…erm…I wonder if Wes is okay…I mean, The Pipes…

Celis: My father survived the place, I’m sure Wes could too.

Jonas: Comparing Wes to your father…?

Celis: In a way…they are the same.

Jonas: ???

Celis: Once this is over…I’m going to bring you to a friend of mine…he’s named Penter…he can tell if…you have certain abilities.

Jonas: Okay…?

Celis: I’m sorry for making you curious…I can’t really say anything…yet.

Jonas: …

Celis: How long do you think it’ll take for this train to arrive?

Jonas: …Erm, probably two hours. The train will continue, to the northwest city, Hakahsh. We’ll need to get off when it first, erm, stops.

Celis: Jonas? Can I…ask you something?

Jonas: Erm…yes?

Celis: Your…(Why did his accent change from “Ert” to “Erm”…Maybe that’s too much of a personal question…)…sorry. Never mind.

Jonas: ???

Celis: I’m…a little tired. I’m going to take a nap.

Jonas: Well…okay.

(Celis tries to fall asleep. Eventually she does. Jonas immediately notices, the cloud pouring out of her head is a huge tip-off. This time, it is a soft pink color. Jonas takes a deep breath…and then looks straight at it. Once again, he finds himself in a strange world, watching Celis. He is floating high above a calm ocean. Celis sits in a boat, looking out over the water, humming quietly. She is seven years old.

Celis: Hmm hmm hmm hm hmm hm hmmm…

(Mario walks across the water towards Celis. Celis notices just as he stops in front of her. Celis immediately stops humming.)

Mario: Hi.

Celis: Oh. Hello.

Mario: Would you like to play a game with me?

Celis: No. My mommy told me not to play with strangers.

Mario: Wa hoo! Come on! We’re going to have a party!

Celis: I’m busy.

Mario: It’s going to be the best party ever! A MARIO party! And I’M Mario!

Celis: Naming a party after yourself is rather egotistical.

Mario: Hee hee, well, I AM the best.

Celis: The best? The best at what? Hopscotch? Coloring?

Mario: Everything! I’m the best at everything! I can do whatever I want, because I’M the best!

Celis: You can’t prove it.

Mario: Hee hee! Yes I can! I can defeat anybody! I can beat everybody in every kind of game! Racing. Tennis. Golf. I can kill, too.

Celis: …Will you kill me if I don’t come with you?

Mario: Yes. My party’s are for my friends. If you don’t come, you’re going to die eventually, hee hee. My friends and I will all plot your death at the party, if you don’t come. It’s what we do to everybody!

Celis: I don’t want to come. I want to sit here. I want to drift away. From you. From my mommy. From all the strangers…

Mario: You don’t seem to understand. Ever since I came to this land of mushroom people and turtles, it all seemed very simple to me, and eventually, everybody else learned too!

Celis: …

Mario: That everything revolves around ME. This world belongs to ME. I don’t care if it existed before, my very influence controls this world. And I am invincible. I am a God. Star Spirits have no power. If there is a God, it is me.

Celis: You’re no God. You were just lucky. Like me.

Mario: Excuse me?

(Mario grabs her neck with one hand, and holds her above the water. Celis’s deadpan face doesn’t change.)

Mario: Even when I die…my legacy will not end. As my daughter you will be forced to carry my legacy, and they will hate you. They will hate you, because of ME. Because I was a God, and I was better then everybody, and because they couldn’t beat me.

(As Celis suddenly turns back into her normal age, Mario drops her into the water. She cannot float like Mario. A whirlpool forms around her, and starts to drag her down.)

Mario: Don’t worry. You’ll make enemies too. People will hate you, even without my help. Goodbye.

(Celis’s head disappears, and only her raised hand sticks out of the water.)

Mario: Oh! And by the way, say hello to Luigi for me! Hee hee hee! Hee hee hee hee hee he-

(Jonas wakes up at the same time Celis does. Jonas is not as shocked as last time. He takes a deep breath. In ten minutes, the train will arrive. Celis wakes up, looking forlorn. Jonas pretends not to notice. Gripping Eisader tightly, Jonas prepares for departure.)

Celis: You know…I can’t believe they let you bring that staff on…and that you were able to convince them it was just a walking staff.

Jonas: That’s erm, rather random.

Celis: (Sigh…) I’m not feeling very well. I have an odd feeling…about Wes…

Jonas: …

(The train stops. Celis and Jonas depart. The train goes off towards Hakahsh. Celis and Jonas turn towards the Harsofol Palace. In six hours, the Blood Masks would arrive, and chaos would break loose…)

                                                TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #64 on: August 29, 2010, 07:11:35 PM »
                                                                            PHASE 52
                                                                   Memories of Blood Mask

                                                                  (The clock on the wall quietly ticks, as the messenger arrives. It is almost 6:00…in two hours; the Blood Masks would attack the United Cities from the inside, and the outside. The Blood Masks second-in-command, Bajai, already sits in the throne in the Harsofol Palace. He had silently entered, killed all the guards, and had then proceeded to kill King Okken himself. Nobody in the city was even aware that the king was dead. The message from the messenger was simple-a group of three had entered the city- a Heiho, a unidentified Boo, and-the ruler of the Mushroom Kingdom (if she was there)- Celistar. And two of them planned to come warn King Okken of the approaching Blood Mask army. This would have been a problem, if the great leader of the Blood Masks had not had a group get on the inside. Getting into the cities was difficult, because of the holiday.

But two days ago, they had entered through the most unlikely place-the northwestern city, Hakahsh. They had destroyed Hakahsh, and destroyed the spots that trains would leave, and arrive from. Any trains that went there would crash, and kill everyone aboard. Getting into the palace was easy. In the middle of the night, anyone who happened to cross them was killed instantly by Bajai. Taking the palace was an easy matter. Two days before this, he and Lord Blood Mask had planned the attack, in the Blood Masks hideout.)

Lord Blood Mask: Bajai…as my second-in-command, you will lead the first attack against the cities…a sneak attack, through Hakahsh.

Bajai: …My lord…?

(Lord Blood Mask describes the plan in great detail.)

Lord Blood Mask: Pick your own group to lead the attack. I need these cities.

Bajai: Yes, my lord!

Lord Blood Mask: …Bajai. This Fire Staff…I don’t want it any more. Take it.

Bajai: …What? …Sir?

Lord Blood Mask: I don’t need it. You deserve a reward…

Bajai: Oh…thank…thank you, sir!

Lord Blood Mask: It should…help with your minor conquest.

(It had been four days earlier, while traveling, that one of the underlings had found the staff, deep in the Subconian Jungle…)

Underling: Ow!

(One of the underlings trips, and breaks his leg. Bajai goes over to investigate, and finds a strange, hard, wooden staff. But at the end, contained in a glass globe, is a small fire. Bajai calls Lord Blood Mask over.)

Bajai: Look at this sir! A…elemental staff! One of the only six…

Lord Blood Mask: The Fire Staff…Elemental Staffs! This is the key. If we can find one of the two great Elemental Staffs…Light and Shadow…our goal will be within grasp…!

Underlings: Aughhh…

Lord Blood Mask: What happened to him?

Bajai: The fool tripped on the staff. It was sticking out of the ground.

Lord Blood Mask: How unfortunate. Is his leg broken?

Bajai: From the snapping sound, it would appear so.

Lord Blood Mask: He can’t walk? Well, let’s try this. Give me that staff.

(Bajai hands LBM the staff.)

Underling: No…no, please, sir, no, I’ll-

Lord Blood Mask: You can’t even walk, can you. You’re a waste of time, and supplies.

(Lord Blood Mask points the staff at the underlings. A bolt of fire shoots out, and engulfs the fallen underling. The troops march away, the screams continuing until they are too far away to hear them. Apparently a slow-burning fire. Two days ago, a travelling merchant had stopped by, while the Blood Masks were travelling through the Otapuku Meadows, apparently not knowing who the group was.)

Travelling Merchant: I have many things to sell…what do you want?

Bajai: You’re a merchant? I’ve never heard of a Boo merchant, and I don’t see anything to buy!

Travelling Merchant: Hee hee… (The Travelling Merchant pulls out objects from seemingly thin air.) I can store just about anything in the 8th Dimension!

Random Underling: 8th…Dimension?

Travelling Merchant: The Empty Dimension. I have the ability to store anything in this Dimension!

Bajai: …How?

Travelling Merchant: Are you going to buy something, or not? I have a lot, just can’t give you any food. I’m running low on food, and I really hate being hungry!

(The Merchant doesn’t even notice Lord Blood Mask’s huge form standing behind him. He grabs the Boo before he can disappear, or fly away.)

Lord Blood Mask: How about…you give us everything you have…or…we find out if Boo’s breathe. (Lord Blood Mask gestures over to a flowing river.)

Merchant: Oh, don’t worry, we breathe, hee. So, uh, I guess you don’t have to find out!

Lord Blood Mask: No, I’d like to make sure. Maybe you’d like to give us everything you’ve got?

Merchant: Um, maybe I would. But not the food, please?

Bajai: …

Lord Blood Mask: …

Merchant: Hee…heh…he….just kidding.

(The Merchant pulls out a huge multitude of items. At the end, he pulls out a bag of cauliflower. Bajai stares mournfully.)

Bajai: Vegetables? That can’t be all. I hate vegetables.

Merchant: No, really. That’s all. I’m allergic to meat.

Lord Blood Mask: A Boo allergic to meat? You think we’re going to believe that? FALKOR! Get over here!

(Falkor walks over.)

Bajai: Falkor here’s going to tell us if you’re telling the truth. And if you’re not, you’re going to become practice for our archery squad.

Merchant: No, wait! I…have some more food. But it’s more vegetables! And some fruit.

Bajai: Oh, right. Falkor!

Falkor: He’s telling the truth.

Bajai: Whatever. Give us it, anyway!

Merchant: (Sigh)

(From some invisible tear in the air, the merchant pulls out broccoli and apples.)

Merchant: That’s it. Really. …And now I’m all hungry…

Lord Blood Mask: A stupid Boo who’s a vegetarian. Get lost.

Merchant: Um…thank you for not killing me.

Bajai: We have some practice!

(The sounds of bows TWANG in the distance.)

Merchant: Aah!

(The Boo disappears, just as the arrows fly through where he had been.)

Bajai: …

(Nine days ago, when the Blood Masks were crossing the Southern Mountains, Lord Blood Mask had told him who he, the leader of the Blood Masks, really was, during the night…)

Lord Blood Mask: Bajai…I…feel a need…to tell you…who I am…

Bajai: I already know who you are. You are the leader of the Blood Masks…you saved my life two years ago…

Lord Blood Mask: No. Why I am like this…huge…beneath my mask…and robes…deformed.

Bajai: Er…?

Lord Blood Mask: Why…my hands are like this…

(Lord Blood Mask holds out a bumpy hand. At the tips of his fingers are small, sharp claws.)

Bajai: …

Lord Blood Mask: Do you know how old I am?

Bajai: …No.

Lord Blood Mask: I was created sixty years ago.

Bajai: …Wh-what…?

Lord Blood Mask: I awoke for the first time ever, falling outside of some storage tank. The first sound I ever heard was the dying gasps of the one who created me. When I looked up, seconds later, he was dead. An ugly fellow. A human. One of the few in the world. I knew how to walk, from some previous life. I could read too. His name was Nask. He had no last name. I was one of countless experiments that he had held in the lab…and elsewhere. All having to do with genetic and biological experiments. I was unfortunate enough to once wander into an unmarked room, full of…

Bajai: …

Lord Blood Mask: There was a kitchen, full of food. After I ate for the first time in my second life, I found a notebook, entirely about me. The fifth Heiho experiment. The first three died instantly. I found the fourth in a cage. He…it was alive. But it was horribly twisted. I felt sorry for it. The last time I felt sorry for anything.

Bajai: …

Lord Blood Mask: When I left that horrible place…I found myself in the southern part of Sub-Con.

Bajai: Around where our journey started?

Lord Blood Mask: No. I was in the far east…right near the Dream Mists.

Bajai: The Dream Mists?!?

Lord Blood Mask: I barely escaped alive. After traveling for miles to the east, killing whatever I could find, and eat…

Bajai: …

Lord Blood Mask: I found the south-western village Nies. The villagers were scared of me. From what I heard them calling me, I realized…they knew.

Bajai: …Knew what?

Lord Blood Mask: They knew about Nask’s experiments…and that I was one. They knew. In my rage, I killed them.

Bajai: …

Lord Blood Mask: In the next town I came to, they attacked me…they didn’t know anything. So I killed them too. I hid for a while. When I came back to the real world, I still hated everything. I hadn’t even noticed, but it had been almost sixty years. I gathered people, threatening to kill them, to join me, to help me take over, not telling them my true goal. And I hated them all.

Bajai: Do you hate me?

Lord Blood Mask: No…because you know the truth, as I do…everyone must experience true pain…like me…and you, when I saved you. Although I wasn’t truly awake…I felt him altering me…from whatever previous life I had. It’s why I made you my second-in-command. I could tell you went through true horror. And together…we will make the world experience it.

Bajai: Yes…Yes sir!

(Bajai had wondered why he had been chosen as the second-in-command. But learning of Lord Blood Mask’s purpose made it all make sense. He had gone through a terrible horror. Mario almost killing him…and then his gang of Toad’s beating him up. If Lord Blood Mask hadn’t come…)

(Bajai returns to the present from his memories.)

Bajai: Mario’s daughter is coming. She must feel true suffering…when those two fools enter the Palace, take them to the dungeon. And torture them.

(Bajai is very excited. Mario’s daughter will captured. Lord Blood Mask will reward him. He can already hear the scuffle down the hall. Tonight was going to be a good night for Bajai.)

                                                TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #65 on: March 18, 2011, 10:13:18 PM »
I sincerely hope no one expects me to have any recognition of time. If so, I'm sorry. I'm sure anyone who's been actually trying to read this is fed up with ridiculously long time gaps, and I'm sorry. I still post this just in case some newcomer starts to read from the beginning, or someone is still waiting. Please don't hate me. My schedule will always be messed up.

                                                                                         
Phase 53
                                                                                   
A Short Diversion
                                                                             
                                                                                                     (1:30 PM. Five and a half hours before Celis and Jonas enter Harsofol Palace, Wes finally re-emerges from the Warp Pipe he took when leaving The Pipes. Just as Wario said, Wes climbs out in E.Gadd’s house-in the library, where he had a mini-adventure four days ago. Just like that time before, the place is pitch-black.)

Wes: Why’s it so dark?!? It’s the middle of the day…

(It’s an easier journey through the library, since there aren’t bookshelves falling down everywhere. Wes is almost near the door, when some invisible force pushes him back.)

Wes: What the-?!

Boo: I wouldn’t step there, if I were you, great one!

Wes: You?!?

Boo: The old man’s dead. This place is mine now.

Wes: …He is?

Boo: Heh, just yesterday. He finished his project, though.

Wes: His project…you don’t mean-?!?

Boo: Some kind of transport device, I think.

Wes: The Time Machine…

Boo: Heh heh, like I care. Anyway, you can stay here for a little bit great one. If you came from The Pipes, you’ll want some rest.

Wes: Uh…thanks. …How do you know where the pipe leads?

Boo: Some fat weirdo visited a few weeks ago. Apparently a friend of the professors. Won’t he have a surprise!

Wes: … (Must be talking about Wario)…

Boo: Anyway, I suggest you walk around that spot. I dumped the professor there. He was stinking up the main room.

Wes: That’s disgusting! Why didn’t you bury him?

Boo: Skeletons add great atmosphere to haunted houses!

Wes: That’s sick…

Boo: Hee hee!

(Wes dodges around the unseen body, and enters the main room. Right in the center is the Time Machine…a mechanical chair.)

Wes: Hmm…I didn’t think it would just look like a chair…

Boo: Hee…me neither!

Wes: ! Are you going to follow me everywhere?

Boo: Only while you’re in the house.

(Wes sighs, and then looks at the Time Machine.)

Boo: I don’t mind.

Wes: If it’s about the Time Machine, I wasn’t going to ask! It’s E. Gadd’s…

(Wes starts to walk towards it.)

Boo: And if I was listening correctly…wasn’t it built for the princess?

Wes: …

Boo: Have fun! Don’t screw up the current world, or anything!

Wes: I’m not going that far back…

(Wes sits on the chair.)

Wes: Hmm…? …Ah!

(Wes finds a keyboard sticking out of the side. It’s on a rotating holder, so he pulls it to the front.)

Wes: Year...29 AMA…Month…September…Day…19th…Time…5:16 PM…

Boo: 8 years ago? Hee hee…that could mess stuff up…

Wes: Shut up. Location…Nasidius…

Boo: Never heard of that place! Must be a hick village!

Wes: Quiet.

(Wes pulls the lever on the left side. With a flash of light, Wes and the chair disappears. Half a second later, he reappears, and falls to his knees.)

Wes: [darn]…it…

Boo: Hmm…? Mess something up? I don’t feel different!

Wes: No…I didn’t mess anything up. Nothing changed. Nothing.

Boo: Hee…that’s good, isn’t it?

Wes: I’m leaving.

Boo: Oh…?

Wes: I have to get back to Mushroom Castle…tell Penter that Celis has everything under control…

Boo: Don’t you want anything to eat?

Wes: …I’m not very hungry anymore.

Boo: Hee hee. Come back anytime you want. It’s a little lonely around here…

Wes: Goodbye.

(Wes leaves without another word. Tomorrow morning, Wes will arrive at a ruin called Toad Town.)

                                             TO BE CONTINUED…
« Last Edit: March 18, 2011, 10:15:02 PM by Nintendoobsessed »

« Reply #66 on: March 19, 2011, 09:11:40 AM »
                                  PHASE 54
                             Search of the Staffs

Jonas: Erm, that’s odd…there’s no door guard…

(Celis and Jonas have walked into the eerily quiet Harsofol Palace. It’s quiet for a little bit, anyway. Seven Shy Guys drop from the ceiling, attacking Celis and Jonas. Celis immediately smashes her fist in the face of one of them. Jonas panics and falls back…but then swings out Eisader, which shoots a freezing beam of ice at one of the Shy Guys. The opponent is frozen solid.)

Celis: Wow. How’d you do that? (Celis smashes another Shy Guy.)

Jonas: I…don’t know.

Celis: There’s another behind you! (Celis punches another Shy Guy in the gut, and then kicks him upwards.

Jonas: Take…this! (With a quick swing, Eisader’s icy orb hits the opponent in the face…smashing into a million fragments, and breaking the attacker’s face. Quicker than before, the Ice Staff reforms.)

Celis: Alright, where’d the last two go-!

(The last two Shy Guys leap from each side of Jonas, and grab his arms. The Ice Staff falls…but one of the Shy Guys catch it, and hold it to Jonas’s neck…or where his mask ends, anyway…)

Shy Guy: I’d s-suggest y-you suh-surrender.

Bajai: Good job, Falkor. And yes, I too, suggest you surrender.

(Bajai emerges from the doors at the end of the hall, his mask twisted in a gloating leer.)

Celis: Crap.

Bajai: Take them to the dungeons. When Lord Blood Mask arrives, they will be treated to an great misery.

(A spear guy appears from behind Celis, and stabs at her. Celis follows Jonas, who is dragged by Falkor, and another Shy Guy. They are thrown into the dim dungeon. It is small, wet, and cold.)

Falkor: I-I fuh-think I’ll b-be tay-taking this.

(Falkor leaves with Eisader. The other Shy Guy follows him, along with the Spear Guy.)

Jonas: That’s mine! You…jerk…

Celis: Just great. How are we going to get out of here, now?

Jonas: They…took…my…Ice Staff…

Celis: I know! We need to get out of here, get it back, and find out what’s going on.

Jonas: It’s pretty, erm, obvious to me. The Blood Masks already got in.

Celis: Then why isn’t the leader here? That guy said that he’d…torture…us when their leader got here.

Jonas: The leader must have sent ahead a party to overtake the castle. I don’t think anyone in the United Cities knows, though. It must have been during the night. Most people in the United Cities don't go out at night...

Celis: What a mess…we…have to find a way out of here.

Jonas: (Sigh)

(Two hours pass. Celis’s desperate attempts to find a way out are pointless. The bars are unbreakable, along with the walls. Eventually, two Shy Guy guards come down the stairs.)

Shy Guy Guard: Time to go. Lord Blood Mask wants to see his prisoners.

Celis: He wants to see us? Is he lonely already?

Shy Guy Guard: Do not talk. (He violently yanks Celis out. She turns and punches him in the face with her free hand.)

Celis: You idiots are unguarded! Jonas, stand back.

Shy Guy Guard 2: You-!

(He turns to run. Celis grabs the back of his cloak, and throws him to the ground, knocking him out.)

Jonas: Erm…wow.

Celis: Let’s get your weapon back…and meet this “Lord Blood Mask.”

(Celis leaps up the stairs, with quick jumps and bounds. Jonas runs afterwards. The main hall is still empty. Celis turns to the doors at the end of the long hall…and yank them open, Jonas gasping right behind her.)

Jonas: Nice…move.

(Inside is the throne room-and it is huge. Packed inside is the massive Blood Mask Army, all standing in formation…and at the very end of the hall, on the two thrones (which are not actually used for the revolving governments, just for historical purposes) sits Bajai…and Lord Blood Mask. Jonas’s mask almost falls off. Lord Blood Mask is a giant, hulking twisted form of a Heiho-his mask is black, with thick red strips of paint running around and down from the eyeholes, and mouth.)

Lord Blood Mask: …And there they are.

(None turn around. They all have the same mask design as Lord Blood Mask, and through training have learned never to turn from Lord Blood Mask during a speech.)

Lord Blood Mask: Ignore them. Go and take over the cities!

Army: (ROAAAARRR)

(Surprisingly, the Army rushes past Celis and Jonas, and does not attack them. Celis tries to grab at them…put they slam into her, and she falls. Eventually, the room is empty, except for Lord Blood Mask, and Bajai. The two stare down at both of them.)

Lord Blood Mask: Bajai has told me about you. Coming here…to warn the old king…and stop me…

Celis: So you’re Lord Blood Mask? Pretty original of you, naming your army after yourself.

Lord Blood Mask: Hoff…hoff…hoff…Lord Blood Mask was never my name. I have no name. The world gave me the name, after my army.

Jonas: What have you done with the King?!?

Lord Blood Mask: Dead. Bajai here set him on fire.

Jonas: Wh-what?!

Bajai: Haven’t you seen my staff? (Bajai holds up the fire staff. It burns brightly.)

Jonas: The Fire Staff?!?

Celis: Fire Staff? How many of these things are there?

Bajai: Six. Fire. Water. Earth. Lightning. Shadow. Light.

Celis: Ha! Well, you’re wrong. Jonas has…had an Ice Staff!

Bajai: You stupid girl! The four main elemental staffs-Fire, Water, Earth, and Lightning-have the power to transform into a weaker, secondary elemental. In your case, Water can become Ice!

Jonas: Where is my staff?!?

Lord Blood Mask: Falkor is practicing with it. He will be my new apprentice. Once the Blood Masks collect all the Elemental Staffs, the world will be ours, without a doubt.

Bajai: It is the perfect plan, sir…

Lord Blood Mask: Now then-

Falkor: L-lord B-blood muh-mask! Th-the stuh-staff! It’s reh-reacting!!!

(Falkor pushes Celis and Jonas out of the way from behind and rushes into the middle of the room. He places the staff on the floor…and it begins to turn. It spins around nearly eight times…and stops pointing to the southwest.)

Bajai: It’s…in Giglomorsh?!?

Lord Blood Mask: No…no, I knew it! It’s in Mt. Noc. That famous place…

Bajai: If it’s the Ice…er, Water Staff we are using…it must be pointing to the Shadow Staff!

Lord Blood Mask: We leave immediately. Come, Bajai.

Celis: Where do you think you’re going?

Lord Blood Mask: Grr! Bajai! Take the Water Staff. We will need it to get to the right spot on Mt. Noc. Falkor! Prove yourself. Kill the girl and the other.

Celis: You’re not going any-whoa!

(Using the Fire Staff, Falkor shoots a fire ball at the door…plus Celis and Jonas. They leap out of the way, and the fire engulfs the main door, leading outside. It quickly burns to ash. Lord Blood Mask and Bajai hurry out, surprisingly fast.)

Celis: You-!

Falkor: Y-you w-won’t be stuh-stopping L-lord Bluh-Blood Ma-mask.

Celis: Nice stutter. Jonas, you might want to back up. I’ll deal with this idiot.

Falkor: D-die!

(Another burst of flame. Celis leaps forward, then rolls to the side as another flame scorches the floor. With a spin on the floor, shoulder on the ground, Celis trips Falkor, who falls, dropping the Fire Staff. It bounces once, and then falls with a clatter. Jonas runs up and picks it up.)

Jonas: Thanks Celis! Now then-

Falkor: P-please…

(Celis gets up, and starts to walk to the door.)

Celis: Let’s leave him. We’ve got to catch up to Lord Blood Mask.

Jonas: …If you say so.

(They both walk to the door. Behind them, Falkor leaps up, and runs at them arms outstretched.)

Falkor: Yuh-you didn’t let m-me finish! P-PLEASE D-DIE!

(Celis shoves her shoulder back, hitting Falkor right in the face. He falls back, blood drooling out of his mouth-hole.)

Celis: It’s probably his nose bleeding. Let’s get outta here.

(Celis and Jonas leave. All around them, Harsofol is being destroyed by the Blood Masks. Jonas looks pained.)

Celis: We don’t have time. Where is Mt. Noc?

Jonas: As the staff showed…south-east of here. They must have used a magical incantation with the staff…

Celis: Magical incantation?

Jonas: The staffs must have the power to point to the two most powerful ones. The secret needs to just be unlocked by incantation.

Celis: …

(…)

Celis: How are we going to get to Mt. Con, anyway? Can we cross the river?

Jonas: I have a, erm, plan.

(Jonas holds up the Fire Staff. It glints in the hot sun…)

                                               TO BE CONTINUED…

« Reply #67 on: March 20, 2011, 01:41:08 PM »
                                                                      PHASE 55
                                                             The Great Confrontation

                                                               (Mt. Noc is not a particularly high mountain. It does, however, have large amounts of rock crumbling down the side, and a violent waterfall rushing down from the highest plateau. Logs fall down the water in great torrents. At the very top of the plateau, Lord Blood Mask scrambles about in the dust, digging furiously.)

Lord Blood Mask: Put the staff on the ground! NOW!

Bajai: S-sorry!

(Bajai places the Water Staff (currently Ice Staff) on the ground. It spins until it faces north. Bajai continually places it on the ground…until it continually spins.)

Lord Blood Mask: Yesssss…! My gamble was successful! The Shadow Staff…is on THIS mountain!

Celis: Too bad you’re not getting it.

Lord Blood Mask: GRAGH! You!

(Lord Blood Mask swings around dramatically.)

Lord Blood Mask: How…did you get here so fast?!? The rapids…one of the most violent in the world…and…

Jonas: With…this!

(Jonas holds up the Fire Staff. It glows fiercely.)

Jonas: With the fierce fires of the staff, the rapids split into a dry path.

Lord Blood Mask: WHAT?!? But…Falkor…?!?

Celis: Knocked him out. He’s gonna have a nasty nosebleed when he wakes up.

Lord Blood Mask: [darn] you! Bajai! Kill them! I have to find the Shadow Staff…!

(Bajai leaps at Celis and Jonas, the Ice Staff held high…but then it changes into a Water Staff.)

Celis: !

Jonas: Leave me. I can face him…stop Lord Blood Mask! If he digs up the Shadow Staff…he’ll have Sub-Con for sure! Maybe even the world…

Celis: Be careful…

Jonas: No Cel…YOU be careful.

Celis: …

(Celis turns to face Lord Blood Mask who has been digging desperately at the ground. Suddenly, he shrieks with excitement…the end of the staff is sticking out of the ground. Celis rushes at him, about to punch-but he grabs her fist with his huge malformed, clawed hand and starts to throw her at the raging river. She kicks upward, knocking him back, and releasing her. He trips backwards over the Shadow Staff, and falls onto his back.)

Celis: You are not getting that staff.

Lord Blood Mask: Grrraggghhh!

(Behind them, Bajai fires bursts of water magic at Jonas. Jonas tries to use the incredibly  hot fire magic he had used to separate the waters before-but the Water Staff’s water is more powerful than its elemental weakness.)

Bajai: Ha! You can’t defeat me…fire is always weak to water…maybe if  you had the Lightning Staff…hah ha ha ha!

Jonas: Shoot…but…the four main elemental staffs have a secondary element…what…is the Fire Staff’s…?

Bajai: Whatever it is, it will surely be weak to water!

Jonas: I have to find out…!

(A explosive beam shoots out of the Fire Staff. Bajai barely dodges, cursing violently.)

Bajai: You think you can defeat me when I’m not looking! Try to beat this!

(Bajai raises the staff…and a wave of water covers him completely. He is now in a watery bubble...completely invincible against fire.)

Bajai: Just try to beat me now! Ha ha ha ha ha!

Jonas: I have to figure out…the other state of the staff…

(Behind them, besides the raging waters, Lord Blood Mask rushes at Celis, brandishing sharp claws. He slashes at her, and she jumps upwards, landing down on his outstretched hand. He shrieks.)

Celis: You sure scream a lot…who are you really, anyway?

Lord Blood Mask: I…am nothing! I am Lord Blood Mask! And I will be the God of The World once I kill you…I will make the world suffer! Like I did…

Celis: ???

Lord Blood Mask: I was created by Dr. Nask…the world’s greatest chemical biologist. I am his last creation…and his greatest!

Celis: Dr. Nask…?

Lord Blood Mask: I will make you bleed!

(Lord Blood Mask rushes at her. Celis leaps out of the way-a bad move. Lord Blood Mask wrenches the Shadow Staff out of the dirt.)

Lord Blood Mask: Heh heh HA! The world…and you…are doomed!

(The Shadow Staff held up, a sinister black cloud is formed in the sky. It starts to move towards Celis…slowly, but unstopping.)

Lord Blood Mask: Once it touches you, it will enter your lungs…and stop all breathing. A fitting end for a pampered princess!

Celis: Pampered…?!? You know nothing!

(Above them all, a giant thundercloud appears from nowhere. Frozen water in the shape of a thunderbolt slams to the ground.)

Lord Blood Mask: The power of the Shadow Staff is endless!

Celis: Ice magic!?! Isn’t there a Water Staff…?

Lord Blood Mask: The Shadow Staff holds the power of the two elementals associated with it-Earth and Water. Likewise, the Light Staff controls Light, Fire, and Lightning.

 Celis: Explaining the whole thing rather well, considering we’re in a fight.

Lord Blood Mask: Not much of a fight…you’re going to die!

Bajai: (Screaming)

(Lord Blood Mask and Celis swing around. Bajai’s watery shell is boiling. Bajai is trapped in a coffin of scalding hot water. All around the shell is a mist…flowing from the staff Jonas is holding outwards.)

Jonas: Steam! The secondary elemental for the Fire Staff…Steam! Gaseous heat will penetrate even water…

Lord Blood Mask: Grr!

Jonas: Celis! I’m the one who begged for your help…let me do my part!

Celis: (Running to the left, dodging the giant black cloud.) Thank you!

Lord Blood Mask: I’ll kill you all!

(With another wave from his staff, explosions of lightning, water, and pure shadow energy volley out of the staff, straight at Celis and Jonas. Celis leaps to the left…Jonas to the right. He almost falls in the river, a log nearly catching him in the side.)

Jonas: Garahhh!

(Jonas fires a quick burst of fire. Lord Blood Mask douses it with water.)

Lord Blood Mask: Don’t even try steam! Heh heh heh ha!

(Celis slams her foot into Lord Blood Masks back. He nearly falls, but swings around and grabs at Celis. Her punch almost reaches his mask/face…but instead hits the neck area.)

Lord Blood Mask: Gurgh hurg hurg hurg!

(Lord Blood Mask grabs her arm, and hangs her up in the air.)

Lord Blood Mask: Once the Shadow Cloud touches you...! Cold death!

(The Shadow Cloud is already floating towards her. Celis struggles desperately, but Blood Mask’s grip tightens, and the claws tear open her skin. Blood runs down her arm.)

Lord Blood Mask: Experience pain like you never have before! Gurgh hurgh-GAGH!

(A beam of ice hits Blood Mask in the arm, freezing it completely. Celis breaks free-literally breaking off four of Blood Mask’s fingers.)

Lord Blood Mask: WHAT-!?!

(Jonas holds the Fire Staff and the Water Staff in each hand.)

Lord Blood Mask: Both?! You can use BOTH!?!

Jonas: …It appears so. Face me! I am the protector of Sub-Con-!

Lord Blood Mask: Protector of Sub-Con? Protector of nothing! 

(Lightning fast, Lord Blood Mask sends a torrent of water at Jonas-but Jonas has already drawn the Ice Staff-freezing the water shooting out of the Shadow Staff-all the way up to the staff…and Blood Mask’s hand. Blood Mask drops the Staff from pain…right into the roaring river. The Shadow Staff goes flying off the waterfall…and bounces off a log, into the darkness.)

Lord Blood Mask: YOU-!!!!! AaaarrRRRGGGHHHH!

(Lord Blood Mask jumps at Jonas…who sends a flame from the Fire Staff. It enflames the Shadow Cloud, destroying it, but Lord Blood Mask drops down, and then kicks Jonas across the river, and right by the edge of the cliff. The Water Staff falls on the ground…the Fire Staff falls off the edge.)

Celis: Jonas!

Lord Blood Mask: I think he’s dead. But I’ll make sure after I break your neck.

Celis: Just try!

(Lord Blood Mask nearly skims over the ground, like he’s floating, hands outstretched, claws blood stained. Celis starts to step back…then rebounds and jumps on his hands, punching straight into his face. Blood Mask falls back with a roar.)

Lord Blood Mask: You…can’t…beat me…die, [darn] YOU!

(Lord Blood Mask backs up to the river, where he grabs a giant log out of the water.)

Lord Blood Mask: I will BEAT YOU UNTIL YOU’RE A PILE OF BLOOD!

Celis: Good for y-

(Lord Blood Mask swings the log at Celis. He actually scores a hit, sending her flying. Celis quickly slams her feet into the ground before she tumbles off the side. A giant red mark covers the left side of her face.)

Celis: N-not bad…

Lord Blood Mask: Grrrrrahhhh!

(Celis runs at Lord Blood Mask preparing a punch. Lord Blood Mask swings his log at her hand-which she draws back, and then punches his face with the other. Blood Mask quickly knees upwards…hitting her legs. Celis is stunned for a moment. A moment too many. Blood Mask brings the log back, slamming her head again. Celis isn’t thrown very far, but blood has started to run out of her mouth, and two tooth have fallen out.)

Celis: [darn]…you’re…the strongest I’ve ever fought.

Lord Blood Mask: I’LL BE THE LAST YOU’LL EVER FIGHT!

Jonas: C-Celis!

Celis: Jonas?!

(Jonas has gotten up, from across the river, he weakly grips the Water Staff in his hands.)

Jonas: Celis…I’m…I’m going to freeze him straight in the stomach…and then you have to knock him…into the river…

Lord Blood Mask: You…think I can’t HEAR YOU?!?

(Lord Blood Mask turn around, to cross the river and attack Jonas.)

Jonas: Heh heh…I knew you’d lost some of your mind…you’re fully open.

Lord Blood Mask: WH-!

(A powerful shot from the Water Staff (turned Ice Staff) explodes into Lord Blood Mask’s stomach. Celis jumps-and then kicks sideways hitting Lord Blood Mask right after the explosion. With a shriek, and a horrifying cracking sound, he falls into the river, hitting his neck on the side of a log. Another disturbing crack, and he tumbles down the waterfall, hitting more logs along the way.  Finally, he disappears into the darkness. Celis jumps over the river, and runs over to Jonas.)

Celis: Are you okay?!?

Jonas: I’m…I’m…okay. Great, even. Celis…he’s dead, (COUGH) isn’t he? The…Shadow Staff fell over the waterfall too…

Celis: Definitely. Even if he survived breaking his neck three times, the fall to the bottom would’ve killed him.

Jonas: Aaahhh…I’m sorry I dragged you into this Cel…but I knew…

Celis: …

Jonas: …you were the only one who could, erm, do it.

Celis: (His accent suddenly came back…!) Jonas…

Jonas: Erm…I’m kind of tired. I’ll…take a nap.

Celis: Jonas…wait!

(Jonas has already fallen asleep. Fighting the temptation to fall asleep, Celis carrys Jonas down the mountainside. The Water Staff almost falls from his hand, so Celis sticks it in her pocket. The way down the mountain is peaceful, until they reach the rapids. Celis tries to use the Fire Staff, yet nothing but a weak little flame crawls out. But then Celis sees the boat that Lord Blood Mask used to cross the river. She tries to steer it, and manages to get the boat across the rapids, but crashes on the shore. Carrying Jonas, she enters the southwestern city-Giglomorsh…and hears cheers. Instead of an onslaught of Blood Masks, regular Shy Guy citizens are in the streets. On the ground are Blood Mask Masks scattered on the ground.)

Celis: Wha-?

Shy Guy: The attack is over! The Blood Mask Army were being mind controlled…but with the leader dead, they’ve all awoken!

Celis: …? Mind controlled?

Shy Guy 2: We were. Lord Blood Mask…no, that freak…he had some strange liquid in his claws…that controlled you. He’d inject it in your neck. But he’s dead!

Celis: (They must be telling the truth. There’s no way they’d know if Blood Mask was dead or not…)

Shy Guy 3: Wait…she…and the guy she’s carrying…they’re the ones who killed him!

Celis: How-?

Shy Guy 2: You’re right…his last thoughts were of great hate for you…and your friend…

Celis: Great hate, huh? That's...predictable.

(A brief flash of darkness. Celis almost falls over.)

Celis: Ahhh…I’m feeling a little…

Shy Guy: Out of it? Get her to the hospital, ‘fore she falls over!

(Celis almost falls over from exhaustion again, but is helped by two Shy Guys. She’ll wake up the next day.)

(One hour earlier, at the time of the end of Celis's battle, in Koopa Castle, Malpix was in a half-sleeping, half-waking state. He had discovered two new feelings since he had finally taken over the castle…the feeling of being tired…and the feeling of sleep. Both were exhilarating, for one who felt artificial, even to himself. But right in the middle of the sleeping state, a fierce, psychic message pierced his mind.)

???: Brother…

Malpix: Who’s there??? Who speaks-

???: I am dying even as I speak…I must tell you…of one you must kill…

Malpix: Kill? I kill only who I feel to. No matter who you think you are, I take no orders.

???: Our third brother has already agreed, so I speak to you as well…kill Celis, princess…queen of the Mushroom Kingdom. She will kill you.

Malpix: I have never heard of this “Celis” and she will not have heard of me. I have no reason or need to hunt down this person.

???: Will you not seek my revenge?

Malpix: Brother…ha! I have no brother. I was mutated and partially created by a scientist-

???: As was I. Dr. Nask.

Malpix: What?!?

???: My body has already died…I have little time…let me join your body…we will be strong…

Malpix: Ha! No. I know you’re lying. Dr. Nask dissapered…

???: He went to Sub-Con, and died. I was created in Sub-con.

Malpix: Could it be?!? Dr. Nask created more than me…?

???: Quickly…let me join you…

Malpix: No.

???: The girl is insane. She will hunt you down.

Malpix: …

???: Quickly-

Malpix: If you think you can form with me-you’re insane.

???: Gagggh-

Malpix: I’m waking up. Goodbye.

???: NO…! LET ME-!

(As Malpix starts to wake up, he feels invisible tendrils begin to stick to him. Malpix desperately shakes them off, and wakes up in a cold sweat, still sitting in the uncomfortable throne. Speckian jumps in surprise as he snaps awake.)

Malpix: Celis…

Speckian: WH-what? The girl...?

Malpix: You know this "Celis"? Tell me everything you know...!

                                             END OF BLOOD MASK SAGA
                                                    TO BE CONTINUED…

Kimimaru

  • Max Stats
« Reply #68 on: March 23, 2011, 01:01:50 AM »
These are great; I can actually picture the events in my head! How long does it take you to write these up?
The Mario series is the best! It has every genre in video games but RTS'! It also has a plumber who does different roles, a princess, and a lot of odd creatures who don't seem to poop!

« Reply #69 on: October 17, 2011, 05:22:18 PM »
                                                                                                 PHASE 56
                                                                                             Upper Management

                                                                   (October 20th, 37 AMA. 12:25 AM. Wes finally reaches Toad Town, and almost trips in surprise. Toad Town is a desolate wreck. And the quiet is stunning. Early, early in the morning, Toad’s nervously escaped with their families, away from Mushroom Castle and Toad Town, away from the “Insane King” Penter. None have stayed, except those who are dead. Even the Sacharials have fled, along with the Toads, to Mushroom City, in the west. But in the castle, Toads still live. Hopelessly trapped, the last guard that attempted to leave almost made it down the hill…before Penter, suddenly up in the tower, beamed him through the head. The guards continue to bring him wine and other offerings, hoping to please him, almost leading to a twisted religion…exactly as Azine, who peers out through Penter’s eyes, wants. Some guards have attempted to find a way out through the dungeons…perhaps a secret passage. Already tense beyond measure, and strung beyond belief, they turn and run, at what appears to be the sounds of ghosts. Rumor has spread throughout the castle that ghosts of the campaign that Peach ran, right before she died, were infesting the dungeons. None of them even guessed the simple truth…that Wes would soon discover himself…)

(Back in the ruined Toad Town…)

Wes: What…the…hell…?

(Wes nervously steps forward...almost onto a Bob-omb. The ticking sound tips him off before he steps down, and he bounces off to the side. The Bob-omb blows up, sending a rain of gravel at Wes. It bounces off, but a particularly big piece leaves a welt on his arm. Already in a bad mood, Wes angrily steps towards the castle.)

Wes: Ughhh…I’m too tired for this…

(The large entrance doors lie on either side of the stone path, blown open by the Sacharial’s bombs, detonated by Penter’s crazy attack.)

(Suddenly, a terrible thought strikes Wes-what if the Koopa Kingdom attacked? And had taken over, maybe killed everyone? But, then again, shouldn’t guards be rushing out to capture him, or question him…?)

(Slightly panicking, Wes runs into the dark door of the castle…and right into a group of Toad Guards. Behind them, Penter is propped against the wall…brought down from the tower, after he had spotted Wes approaching the castle.)

Penter: Ahhh...Wes. It's been a long time, hasn't it?

Wes: No...it's been six days. But I'm not here to talk about that. I've come back to tell you that Celis should be okay, and that she should have reached the United Cities by now.

Penter: Yes. I have heard messages of the Blood Masks collapsing, and that it was due to a princess...

Wes: She did it...!

Penter: It was nice of her to do that...it saves me from the trouble of heading over there.

Wes: ...Heading over there? You were totally against the idea of going anywhere near there. What are you talking about? You changed your mind?

Penter: My partner Azine told me it was for the best...and due to his eye-opening revelations, I must believe him...

Wes: Azine? ...Never mind that. Why's the castle in a wreck? What happened to Toad Town...?

Penter: Oh...I decided that I didn't like Toad Town. With the bombs in the village, I was able to make quick work of the place.

Wes: W-what?!? Penter...what the heck is going on?!?

Penter: Azine has opened my eyes. We will take the world...and crush it.

Wes: Penter...! You've...cracked, haven't you? The stress...?

Penter: You believe I am merely crazy? Feel this-!

(Penter sends out tendrils of lightning, engulfing Wes, releasing an explosive shock. Wes is now kneeling.)

Wes: Don't force me to do this...guards! Why do you support this crazy man? Has he really threatened you into total slavery?

Guards: You do not know what you say...he is truly possessed by a great entity...

Penter: Trust me, I definitely could not create lightning before Azine took me.

Wes: Maybe you are possessed by a demon...or you are simply insane. Either way...I have to clear this up before Celis returns. She won't be happy...

(Suddenly, Wes sends out a burst of fire magic. Penter leaps to the side, and sends several guards into the path of fire. They are badly burned, and fall to the ground. Penter is now slightly floating.)

Azine: Elemental magic...! Quite impressive...Maguskoopa.

Wes: (Whose voice was that...? And how did he know...?!?) Penter...stop this. I don't want to fight you...

Penter: Who said you had to? You appear to be adept enough to help me.

Wes: Really? A ruling offer? You didn't actually think I'd accept did you?

Penter: Ah...well, in that case, I want to try something on you. Azine's power have begun to awaken, so-

(Wes prepares to dodge some kind of magical attack, but instead what feels like an invisible rope comes from behind and quickly ties him.)

Wes: What the-!

(Penter swings Wes around the hall, smashing him into high stone walls, and into a ancient tapestry.)

Penter: Hm, I like this one. If only I had it when that Duplighost was here...

(Hopelessly tied, Wes is unable to perform magic, and after a fifth crash into the wall, he blacks out. Noticing this, Penter cancels out the rope magic, dropping Wes eight feet.)

Penter: Well...I feel so positive today...! Guards, take the Koopa to the dungeons. Maybe he'll be smart enough to reconsider next time.

(The guards drag Wes down the dungeon stairs. Penter slips down to the floor and slumps with a deranged grin. World destruction looks ever more hopeful.)

 (A day later in Mushroom City, a sudden and unpredicted meeting has started. Three leaders of a certain cause have met to discuss the plans of their group. One is the leader of the faction that patrolled Toad Town. Another is the overall leader, who had always been centered in Mushroom City. The last was a bit of an enigma to an outside viewer, but close inspection would reveal him as the funder of the operation. Earlier that morning, the leader of the Toad Town faction, otherwise known as Zerek, had quickly requested a meeting on his arrival in the city. The funder of the project had somehow predicted this, and had arrived from his established mansion two days earlier. All came to the meeting entirely ready for reports from each other.)

Luigi: Zerek...why are you always so flustered? Nervousness is not the sign of good leadership.

Zerek: Ha, you weren't at Toad Town yesterday. The place is a terror. Our bombs were supposed to control the town, but the nut running the castle in the princess's absence has some bizarre supernatural power.

Luigi: Oh? Please indulge me. Is it a MOD power? I assume a Ztar one?

Zerek: Don't jump to conclusions, oh rich one. My spy, a Duplighost, reported that "King" Penter believes he is possessed. From the things I've seen him do, I would agree.

???: Possession? By what? A demon?

Zerek: Something called Azine, sir. Rumors had been seeping from the castle. I actually doubt we ever needed a spy in the first place...

???: A demon. We need to purge it, and take over the castle immediately. We will send troops back to face it.

Luigi: No. We need to wait. I have no doubt you have heard of the princess's exploits. When she returns, she will want to head for the Mushroom Castle. The Mad King will strike her down, and on the off chance he doesn't, we can move in after she is weakened.

???: Luigi, you seem to believe that the goal of the Sacharial is to take down your niece. As much as I would love to see her suffer...we need to take over the Mushroom Kingdom first.

Luigi: She is the official leader of the Mushroom Kingdom. To kill her is to take the throne.

???: I don't care, I want to take the castle and mock her from there. Her anger will burn brightly...and set off her "bomb" so to speak.

Zerek: You-you want her to become..."Super"...!!!

???: Yes...I want to see her anger, and still strike her down. I want her to reach an epitome of anger and hate...she'll be just like me...

Luigi: While that's all very nice, I'd like to remind you that I'm funding the project. If you go in a...bad direction...perhaps I'll stop funding your explosives.

???: ...I recede then.

Luigi: Smart choice. Even if she survives the Mad King, she cannot take the force of Lethal Bob-ombs, and survive.

(The person at the head of the table begins to speak, but Luigi swiftly interrupts him.)

Luigi: Four or five, in an enclosed area. I've heard that open river sides and singular explosives won't work.

???: You-!

Luigi: I call this meeting adjourned.

???: Must I remind you that you are not the leader?

Luigi: I have nothing more to say, or hear. Send a message to my mansion in five days, and tell me if she's dead by then. If you need, I'd be glad to step in, and help strike her down. The old mansion is getting rather boring...

???: Don't ignore me! You-

(Luigi leaves, throwing the Sacharial leader into a rage.)

???: That green *******! If I didn't need his money he'd be dead! He thinks he's so great because he's Mario's brother, but-

Zerek: Please sir, we must concentrate on the princess. You still hate her the most, don't you?

???: ...Yes. I...I do need to concentrate. Ugh, the room is spinning from my anger, how it used to be when I'd think of the great Celis, after what she did.

Zerek: After we kill the princess, we can destroy her uncle as well, can't we? He's rich, but he's not a warfare type person. We easily outnumber him in weaponry.

???: That is...yes. In five days, after we've killed Celis, we tell him that we haven't, sending him here. As long as he's not in his own territory, it should be easier to kill him, blow him up with a few bombs. Just need to make sure we kill him before he goes "Super"...

Zerek: Exxen, I will not fail you. What are your next orders?

Exxen: Make sure Penter does not approach this city, and if he does...throw everything we've got at him.


TO BE CONTINUED...

« Reply #70 on: October 18, 2011, 03:59:54 PM »
There was a timeline here! If you are reading this right now (sometime after July 17th, 2013) know that THE MUSHROOM KINGDOM is coming BACK and that this timeline had some accidental SPOILERS in it. I am currently working on a huge recap with a corrected timeline.

Stay tuned!
« Last Edit: July 16, 2013, 10:44:00 PM by Nintendoobsessed »

« Reply #71 on: October 19, 2011, 03:13:58 PM »
PHASE 57
The Message

                                                                     (A day after the Sacharial meeting, Celis wakes up in a hospital in the city of Giglomorsh. She has been out cold for a day, and the sun is already setting on the second day. She is alone in a sobering room. The walls are white, and there is little more than a potted plant on a table. The room is empty of people, except for her.)

Celis: [darn]...what a headache.

(Other than a piercing headache, Celis is relatively fine. MOD powers have worked wonders again. The door leads into a sparse hallway. No one is there, either.)

Celis: Where are all the Shy Guys...?

Jonas: They're erm...celebrating...

Celis: Jonas!

(Celis whips around, and stumbles a little. She's still slightly tipsy.)

Jonas: I was wondering how long you'd...erm...sleep. It's almost been two days...

Celis: Two days...it's felt so much longer than that...

Jonas: I was, erm, worried. You had taken quite a blow to the, erm, face.

(Celis brushes her fingers along the huge red mark on her cheek. It is fainter, but still starkly contrasts with the normal face color.)

Jonas: Actually, erm, most of the doctors thought you wouldn't wake up for a week...

Celis: Heh, I'm pretty resilient...

Jonas: I guess...Celis, erm, are you leaving? I mean, are you leaving, erm, now?

Celis: Leaving...well...

Jonas: I mean, erm, just for a few days...everyone is celebrating...the festivals will be, erm, delightful.

Celis: I would, but...Wes! How could I forget...if the pipe we took brought us to the Desert Hills...Wes is...somewhere else...

Jonas: Oh...! Wes...

Celis: If he's not here by now, he must be...

Jonas: Ansetzu...the Pipes...

Celis: Ha ha...no rest for the weary. I'm going right away.

Jonas: What?!? Erm, Celis! The Pipes...Wes is probably...

Celis: I know what The Pipes are! An endless maze of death. But I'm not leaving him there-

Jonas: Celis, this is, erm, stupid! I know I begged you to come after, erm, going to the Koopa Castle, but, erm, you can't keep doing this...

Celis: He's my...friend...(and he's a MOD...) and I did all of this for you, didn't I?

Jonas: Please...didn't, erm, Mario ever tell you...

Celis: Alright, I'm leaving. After I find Wes, I will bring him back here, and we can-

(WESWESWESWESWESWESweswesweswesWeSwEsWeswESWESWESWES)

Celis: -we can, we...

(wesweswesweswesWESWESWESWES)

Jonas: Celis...? ...Erm! What the-!

(The entire hallway wall starts shimmering and the spot right in front of Celis starts to bulge outwards. A Koopa's face starts pushing out-it's Wes.)

Celis: Uh...?!

(WESWESWESWESWESwesweswessssssssssss)

Wes: Celis...(cough, cough)...I'm back at the castle...Mushroom Castle. There is...(cough) Penter...Penter's...something's happened to him. He's gone crazy...and he's powerful. He has magic...(cough)...Celis, hurry. He's been keeping me in the dungeon, and-

(The message suddenly fizzles out. The face blends back into the wall, and everything goes back to normal. Celis stands in utter shock.)

Celis: What...was that? Magic?

Jonas: Erm...yes. (I promised Wes...) I don't know how, but he somehow, erm, sent us a message...

Celis: But...he's back at the castle...he's not lost in The Pipes.

Jonas: Who is, erm, Penter?

Celis: He's...he is kind of a guardian for me...kind of a mentor. You may have seen him right before we left to come here, but... Gah! I'm sorry, but...something's happening. I have to leave.

Jonas: It's, erm, alright. He said you should hurry...I should...

Celis: No way. You're staying here. You've saved your country...you should celebrate with everyone else. It's different for me...something's happening in my homeland...but yours is safe.

Jonas: Erm! Calm down. If you don't want my, erm, help...

Celis: Don't be like that. There is a reason...a GOOD reason...that I am constantly doing these things...but I can't tell you. I'm sorry. I'm not even sure what it all means myself...

Jonas: Alright, erm, alright! I'll stay. But be, erm, careful, Celis. Whatever your, erm, reason, you can't go on forever. You have to take some kind of a break...

(Celis starts walking down the hallway. Right before leaving, she turns back to Jonas.)

Celis: Jonas...you were incredibly talented with those staffs...you should seek them out, if you want an adventure. Goodbye...and good luck.

Jonas: Good...bye.

(Celis disappears.)

Jonas: Neither of us, erm, are good with goodbyes. That's probably the best way it could have ended.

(Jonas stands for a few more seconds, and then turns in the opposite direction down the hall. A loud parade starts outside. Everything marches on.)

(Half an hour earlier, Wes sits in the Mushroom Castle dungeons. It is surprisingly warm, and slightly vibrating, almost as if power was radiating out from the new king. He has been stuck there for two days, but he has been relatively well fed. Another Koopa prisoner there, Jagger, has held there for four days, captured simply from wandering nearby. Penter has either forgotten about him, or still deciding what to do with him. The guards aren't going to question him...)

Wes: Well...it could be worse. It could be cold, like the dungeons at Koopa Castle.

Jagger: You've been there? And escaped? That's impressive.

Wes: Ah, yes. Well, I've seen them-not been in them. You have too, haven't you?

Jagger: What?

Wes: I just remembered where I've heard your name before...you used to work for Bowser, didn't you? You were one of his old lieutenants, back when that metal demon Smithy fell from the sky...

Jagger: Oh...so you were one too, eh? I'm famous?

Wes: Somewhat. Since you never returned afterwards, you were branded as a traitor. Bowser encouraged a hate for you.

Jagger: What?! That spike-tailed *******. I told him-

Wes: It doesn't matter what you told him. (Sigh) I'm guessing he didn't do it when you were around, but he started to make an example of someone every month. Everyone agreed he had started going off the deep end more than a year before Mario was killed. I imagine Mario's death simply made him crazier. He wanted to finish him off.

Jagger: Eh. He was better in the older days. We'd try again and again to kill Mario, and he'd never give up. Many of us had endless optimism. What a [darn] waste. All that for him to be killed by some third party...

(...)

Wes: Who do you think it was?

Jagger: What?

Wes: (Third what...) Who do you think killed Mario with the mystery weapon? Whoever it was gave it to Bowser. We had started making it, but...

Jagger: Who did it? Heh. Well...where would they get this mystery technology like that? I'd heard that some weird lab has opened up in the northern reaches of Sarasaland. Then again, The Pipes are always an option...Mario came from there. Be fitting if his death followed him here.

Wes: I thought so too, but...The Pipes are...a pretty awful place. For someone from his own world to follow him here with such precision...

Jagger: His green brother did it.

Wes: I don't know. I always thought there was something strange to that story...I've heard that-

Penter: Good evening.

(Penter stands at Wes' side. He has gotten there without making a sound.)

Wes: Penter! [darn] it, what is-

Penter: I am not here to talk. My master has told me of your power. I will take it. A Maguskoopa's energy will certainly help us. Unless...you will...help?

Wes: If my hands weren't chained...I would set you on fire. But I suppose a "no" will have to do for now.

Azine: Do it. I can smell the magic of this Koopa...ahh...it is... ...Do it! DO IT NOW! NOW!

Penter: How?! Wait! Give me ti-

Wes: How what?

Azine: NOWNOWNOW.

(Penter's arms shoot up with unnatural speed. His pupils disappear, and pure white eyes stare straight at Wes; there are no veins, even. An intangible, red substance starts to ebb out of Wes, into Penter's palms. Wes starts sweating.)

Wes: Oh [darn] it...he really can...

Jagger: What the hell is happening?!?

Wes: He's taking my magic...he's taking a piece of my soul! Alright...I didn't want to do this...but she has to know. If I don't tell her...she may take her time. And she can't...Penter...is a menace now.

Jagger: What are you talking about?!?

Wes: ...

(Penter has gone into a trance absorbing Wes' energy. With great effort, Wes turns his head to the wall, and dips his face in. Jagger swears, and then faints.)

Wes: (With the last of my magic...heeee...I should have done this earlier...this is just plain cliché now...)

(Wes' face reemerges in a blankly white hallway. Celis and Jonas look like they were having a conversation before the wall had a face.)

Celis: Uh...?

Wes: Celis...(cough, cough)...I'm back at the castle...Mushroom Castle. There is...(cough) Penter...Penter's...something's happened to him. He's gone crazy...and he's powerful. He has magic...(cough)...Celis, hurry. He's been keeping me in the dungeon, and-

(CRUNCH)

Wes: ...!

(Mushroom Castle...)

Penter: ISn't that cutE? HE WaS trying to SEnd a mESSagE!

Wes: Oh god...

Penter: All thiS EnErgy...it fEElS So good...I can't imaginE hoW tErriblE it muSt fEEl not to havE it!

Wes: Uahh...screw....you...

Penter: CEliStar iS going to Want to rEScuE you, iSn't ShE? You Will bE a GREAT tokEn! But...

("Penter" turns to the fainted Jagger)

Penter: ...hE faintEd prEtty fast, didn't hE? HE muSt not knoW What happEnS in thE MuShroom Kingdom Every day! HEh...hEE hEH hEE...!!!

(Like anyone would do, Penter snaps his fingers. Jagger is completely engulfed in flames. He wakes up just in time to start dying a painful death. Penter grins.)

Penter: WE'rE gonna be having SomE fun from noW on!

Wes: ...

TO BE CONTINUED...

« Reply #72 on: October 21, 2011, 02:53:06 PM »
PHASE 58
Sea Whispers

(...)

(...day, isn't it?)

Celis: Oh! Uh...what?

Crewmate: Isn't it a nice day? Our last few trips have had terrible weather. Our first mate was tossed overboard the last time, and was taken by a Blooper.

Celis: Uh...really?

Crewmate: It was definitely something big! We heard im' screaming, and when we looked over we saw him disappear into the darkness!

Celis: What?! Shouldn't you be more worried?

Crewmate: Ehh, there's been worse.

(A day after receiving Wes' message, Celis was offered a ride by a boating company to take her to the Sunny Fields, west of Mushroom City. The boat has already made it into the Alpha Ocean, mostly clinging to the shore, and is expected to make landfall early the next morning. Celis ends up spending the time with a Shy Guy crewmate...)

Crewmate: Haven't you ever been 'ere before, princess?

Celis: (! Oh...right...it's probably all over the city that the Mushroom Kingdom princess saved them...) Once...kind of. I took a plane ride over it, to Yoshi's Island. (Toadsworth died, I think that's when my mother went crazy, and Toadbert got captured there. Fun time.)

Crewmate: Oh! I've been there once! Saw the old Yoshi Chief before he was murdered!

Celis: Murdered!? He was...(I never did ask how he died...)

Crewmate: Oh yeah. Stabbed to death, apparently. Couldn't 'ave been a Yoshi. They aren't so good with their arms.

Celis: That's...strange. (His funeral...we came the day after he was killed......! That Magikoopa was there...the Apprentice...or something. Did he...?)

Crewmate: Yeah...well, I 'ere strange stuff everyday. Why, I heard the Koopa King Bowser died!

Celis: ...

Crewmate: And his son is desperately holding the castle. But there's so much chaos in the Koopa Kingdom, they're bound to collapse soon enough! Civil War ho!

Celis: His son? Which son?

Crewmate: His oldest, of course. Nobody's seen the others, anyway. Some people even think Ludwig killed the rest of them!

Celis: (Ludwig? [darn]! Does that mean he has the Weapon now?) He killed his own siblings? Do you know anything else?

Crewmate: Ha! Anything else? You wouldn't believe the story's I hear...f'r instance-

Celis: Wait...why are we getting farther from shore?

Crewmate: Ah, you don't mind that.

Celis: What? I do mind. Staying by the shore is the fastest route to get to the Munu River.

Crewmate: Maybe we ain't goin' there...

Celis: What?

Crewmate: I'm thinkin' you'll be worth some good money to those Toad's back at the castle...

Celis: You're going to try to take me hostage? You do know what happened when that Blood Mask crazy tried to-

Crewmate: Aw, I'm kidding. Just wanted to see if you'd believe me.

Celis: !

Crewmate: But seriously, you gotta be careful. If everyone on a ship tried, they could tie you down. I'm surprised you took this ride. There's been a lot of bad stories about ships...

Celis: Great, funny, ha ha, but really, why are we going away from shore?

Crewmate: There are some whirlpools a little farther ahead caused by giant Bloopers. They pull down ships, and-

Celis: Gahhh...no more Blooper stories. Please? Tell me about the ships.

Crewmate: (...Heh...) The ships? Oh...well, about two weeks ago, a disease broke out all over the Mushroom Kingdom.

Celis: What?! I didn't hear about this...

Crewmate: MHV. Muscular Hormonal Virus. Toad babies are still getting it, but it's not labeled as a disease anymore. It's causing them to get stronger.

Celis: There aren't any side effects...?

Crewmate: Nope. Except for the bad part about the ships. Ship crews started hearing about this, and didn't know how long it'd last. Well...the worst of the ships started taking babies. For future crews.

Celis: Kidnapping babies?!?

Crewmate: Yep. They wanted to get the strongest before the disease died out...and so they did. Many of the babies are so strong already that they can help clean the ships...they're very impressive.

Celis: Don't tell me...

Crewmate: Heh, no, we don't 'ave any. Our captain is a nice guy. I saw one at an auction though. I still feel guilty. I didn't even try to save it. I was sure the crowd would take me down.

Celis: It's...alright. (I suppose if I wasn't a MOD...I wouldn't take risks. But...that's not what a good person would do. A good person would take risks just to help people...they wouldn't need to feel safe enough to do it...Did my father know he was a MOD? Did he take risks against his own health? Did he know he was special?)

Crewmate: Gehh...maybe I've been talking too much. I'd better go back IN!

Celis: (Celis jumps a little) Calm down! Sheesh...I said it's alright. I wouldn't blame you for it...

Crewmate: Sorry, sorry! I'm not angry. We're getting near Vibe Island. It's got some kinda' radioactive properties. They charge your emotions-up, down, all-around...

Celis: Vibe Island...! (Where have I heard that...?) Vibe Island...do you think islands are kind of sad? All alone, out in the water-? ...Mmph! You're not kidding...

Crewmate: We have to go past em' every time we sail to the Munu River. It's so much fun! You should see how some people get-ARGG...There are four kinds of vibes that place leaks out...Joy, Gloom, Rage, and Calm. They're all irritating, 'cept for Calm. They twist yer words right around!

Celis: How much longer are we going to have to RIDE AROUND THIS THING?!?

Crewmate: Another hour. Yer probably going to want to take a nap downstairs. But even your dreams get affected in this place. It'd be terrible if you had a nightmare...frickin' gloom. It's the worst of all. Makes you so [darn] sappy...well than again, mebbe joy...

(The Crewmate starts to walk off. Celis turns to go down into the ship, but turns at the last moment.)

Celis: Wait...I never even asked your name...!

Crewmate: Ah, who 'ares about that princess. I'm just a worker. If you really want a name...'ow about...Binaar. Name of my ship mate that got tossed overboard last trip. I always wanted his name.

Celis: Uh...you wanted his...name?

Binaar: 'ave a nice nap!

(Binaar disappears around a ship corner. Celis stands for a moment, and then decides she's heard weirder. Time for a extremely fitful nap.)

(Far away...)

(Luigi's Mansion)

Luigi: Call a party.

Hintrium: What?

Luigi: Call a party. Invite everyone on this list. Go to their homes, and invite them here. Four days.

Hintrium: Four...? But, um, father, aren't you going back to the Sacharials in three...?

Luigi: That is a subplot. The main plot is that we will hold a party, and they will come.

Hintrium: Okay...wow. You've invited everyone you know...father. And...!

Luigi: Invite her last. She'll either be in the city, or the castle wreckage. And if she has any friends with her...invite them too.

(Luigi turns around. Hintrium, gets the point. Time to go. He flies out the window with the list. It was nice being a Star Kid, but not being able to join his real family in Star Haven was a disappointment. Still, Luigi was better than nothing. And he had a surprising amount of friends.)

To Be Continued...

Print